MSheet Version 7

Design of Diaphragm and Sheet Pile Walls

Edited by: M.A.T Visschedijk, GeoDelft, the Netherlands

With the co-operation of: A.G. Berry H. Best P.J.W. Brand H.R. Havinga V. Trompille

GeoDelft, Delft, the Netherlands, 2005

Trademark Copyright MSheet Version 7: GeoDelft, Stieltjesweg 2, 2628 CK Delft, Netherlands E-mail: info@geodelft.nl; Internetsite: http://www.geodelft.nl This manual may not be reproduced, in whole or in part, by photo-copy or print or any other means, without written permission from GeoDelft ISBN-13: 978-90-810136-1-0 ISBN-10: 90-810136-1-0 2005 GeoDelft Printed in the Netherlands

TABLE OF CONTENTS

INTRODUCTION

15

GENERAL INFORMATION 1.1 1.2

17

Preface ..........................................................................................................17 Features in standard module ............................................................................17 1.2.1 Sheet Piling ........................................................................................18 1.2.2 Anchors and Struts ..............................................................................18 1.2.3 Soil ....................................................................................................19 1.2.4 Loads and Supports..............................................................................19 1.2.5 Staged Construction.............................................................................20 1.2.6 Design Procedures................................................................................20 1.2.7 Results ...............................................................................................20 1.3 Features in additional modules.........................................................................21 1.3.1 C, phi, delta (Culmann) module ..........................................................21 1.3.2 Verification module..............................................................................21 1.3.3 Single pile module ...............................................................................21 1.3.4 E-Consult module.................................................................................22 1.4 History ..........................................................................................................22 1.5 Limitations ....................................................................................................23 1.6 Minimum System Requirements ........................................................................23 1.7 Definitions and Symbols ..................................................................................24 1.8 Getting Help ..................................................................................................25 1.9 Getting Support..............................................................................................26 1.10 GeoDelft ........................................................................................................27 1.11 Delft GeoSystems ............................................................................................27 1.12 Rijkswaterstaat...............................................................................................27

GETTING STARTED 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7

29

Starting MSheet..............................................................................................29 Main Window..................................................................................................30 The menu bar .................................................................................................30 The icon bar ...................................................................................................32 Input Diagram ................................................................................................32 Stage Composer ..............................................................................................34 Files ..............................................................................................................36

MSHEET USER MANUAL

TUTORIAL

37

TUTORIAL 1: EXCAVATION USING KA, KO AND KP 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4

39

3.5 3.6 3.7

3.8

3.9

Introduction to the case ..................................................................................40 Project...........................................................................................................41 3.2.1 Model.................................................................................................41 Construction ..................................................................................................42 Soil ...............................................................................................................43 3.4.1 Surfaces..............................................................................................43 3.4.2 Soil Layers ..........................................................................................46 3.4.2 Soil Profiles.........................................................................................49 3.4.3 Water Levels .......................................................................................50 3.4.4 Water Properties..................................................................................51 Loads & Supports ............................................................................................52 Stages ...........................................................................................................52 Calculation.....................................................................................................52 3.7.1 Calculation Options..............................................................................52 3.7.2 Start Calculation..................................................................................53 Results ..........................................................................................................54 3.8.1 Moment/Force/Displacement Charts ......................................................54 3.8.2 Stress State Charts...............................................................................55 3.8.3 Stress Diagrams ...................................................................................56 Conclusion .....................................................................................................56

TUTORIAL 2: EXCAVATION USING C, PHI, DELTA 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 4.5

57

4.6

Introduction to the case ..................................................................................57 Changing the Model ........................................................................................58 Non-horizontal surface ....................................................................................60 4.3.1 Input for vertical balance check ............................................................61 Calculation.....................................................................................................62 Results ..........................................................................................................63 4.5.1 Moment/Force/Displacement Charts ......................................................63 4.5.2 Report Selection ..................................................................................63 4.5.3 Report................................................................................................64 Conclusion .....................................................................................................65

TUTORIAL 3: STAGED EXCAVATION WITH PRE-STRESSED ANCHORS 5.1 5.2 5.3 5.4 5.5

67

Introduction to the case ..................................................................................68 Surfaces.........................................................................................................69 Water Levels...................................................................................................70 Anchors .........................................................................................................70 Staged Construction ........................................................................................71

TABLE OF CONTENTS

5.6 5.7

5.5.1 Stages Manager ...................................................................................71 5.5.2 Stages Overview ..................................................................................72 Calculation and Results ...................................................................................73 Conclusion .....................................................................................................75

TUTORIAL 4: APPLYING LOADS 6.1 6.2 6.3 6.4 6.5

77

Introduction to the case ..................................................................................78 Inputting Surcharge Loads and Horizontal Line Loads .........................................78 Using Surcharge Loads.....................................................................................80 Results ..........................................................................................................81 Conclusion .....................................................................................................81

TUTORIAL 5: DESIGN OF REQUIRED SHEET PILING LENGTH 7.1 7.2 7.3

83

Introduction to the case ..................................................................................84 Design Sheet Piling Length ..............................................................................84 Conclusion .....................................................................................................86

TUTORIAL 6: SUBMERGED CONSTRUCTION OF CONCRETE FLOOR 8.1 8.2 8.3

87

8.4 8.5 8.6

Introduction to the case ..................................................................................88 Modeling an underwater concrete floor .............................................................90 General input .................................................................................................91 8.3.1 Soil Layers ..........................................................................................91 8.3.2 Soil Profiles.........................................................................................92 8.3.3 Water Levels .......................................................................................94 8.3.4 Uniform Loads.....................................................................................94 8.3.5 Anchors..............................................................................................94 Stages implementation ....................................................................................94 Calculation and results ....................................................................................95 Conclusion .....................................................................................................96

TUTORIAL 7: DESIGN CODE CHECKING (CUR 166, METHOD I) 9.1 9.2 9.3 9.4

97

9.5

Introduction to the case ..................................................................................97 Modify Model .................................................................................................99 Determine the minimum length (Steps 5 and 6 of the CUR 166 design procedure) 100 Verify the modified sheet piling length (Steps 9, 9.7, 10, 11.1 and 11.3 of the CUR 166 design procedure) ............................................................................ 102 9.4.1 Verification calculation ...................................................................... 102 9.4.2 Verification Report ............................................................................ 103 Conclusion ................................................................................................... 105

MSHEET USER MANUAL

10

TUTORIAL 8: DESIGN CODE CHECKING (CUR 166, METHOD II) 10.1 10.2 10.3 10.4

107

Introduction to the case ................................................................................ 108 Verification of the sheet piling, Method II ....................................................... 108 Verification Report........................................................................................ 110 Conclusion ................................................................................................... 110

11

TUTORIAL 9: VERIFY ANCHOR STABILITY (KRANZ METHOD)

111

11.1 Introduction to the case ................................................................................ 112 11.2 Allowable anchor force .................................................................................. 112 11.3 Conclusion ................................................................................................... 114

12

TUTORIAL 10: MODELLING OF COMBI-WALLS 12.1 12.2 12.3 12.4

115

Introduction to the case ................................................................................ 116 General input ............................................................................................... 117 Combined Wall.............................................................................................. 118 Modified soil reaction along pile ..................................................................... 119 12.4.1 Using the Ka, Ko, Kp - model .............................................................. 119 12.4.2 Results using the Ka, Ko, Kp - model ................................................... 120 12.4.3 Using the c, phi, delta model (Culmann) .............................................. 121 12.4.4 Results using the c, phi, delta model (Culmann) ................................... 123 12.5 Conclusion ................................................................................................... 123

13

TUTORIAL 11: NON-HYDROSTATIC PORE PRESSURE DISTRIBUTION 13.1 13.2 13.3 13.4 13.5

125

Introduction to the case ................................................................................ 126 Additional pore pressure................................................................................ 127 General input ............................................................................................... 128 Water pressure results ................................................................................... 130 Conclusion ................................................................................................... 132

14

TUTORIAL 12: MODELLING OF LOADS WITH LIMITED DIMENSIONS 14.1 14.2 14.3 14.4 14.5

133

Introduction to the case ................................................................................ 134 General input ............................................................................................... 135 Modeling of load with limited size parallel to the sheet piling ........................... 135 Results ........................................................................................................ 137 Conclusion ................................................................................................... 137

15

TUTORIAL 13: PREVENTING PILE DRIVING FAILURE USING EXPERIENCE DATA

139

15.1 Introduction to the case ................................................................................ 139 15.2 E-Consult NVAF Experience lines..................................................................... 140

TABLE OF CONTENTS

15.3 E-Consult Experiences.................................................................................... 141 15.4 Conclusion ................................................................................................... 142

16

TUTORIAL 14: HORIZONTALLY LOADED PILE (MOORING POST) 16.1 16.2 16.3 16.4 16.5

143

Introduction to the case ................................................................................ 144 Pile loaded by forces ..................................................................................... 144 Soil and Loads input ..................................................................................... 146 Results ........................................................................................................ 147 Conclusion ................................................................................................... 148

17

TUTORIAL 15: HORIZONTAL PILE DEFORMATION CAUSED BY EMBANKMENT 17.1 17.2 17.3 17.4 17.5 17.6 17.7

149

Introduction to the case ................................................................................ 149 Pile loaded by soil displacements .................................................................... 151 Soil input..................................................................................................... 151 Soil Displacements ........................................................................................ 152 Rigid Support ............................................................................................... 153 Results ........................................................................................................ 153 Conclusion ................................................................................................... 154

REFERENCE

155

18

GENERAL

157

18.1 File menu..................................................................................................... 157 18.2 Tools Options menu....................................................................................... 158 18.2.1 View................................................................................................. 158 18.2.2 General............................................................................................. 158 18.2.3 Directories ........................................................................................ 159 18.2.4 Language.......................................................................................... 160 18.2.5 Modules............................................................................................ 160

19

INPUT

161

19.1 Project menu................................................................................................ 161 19.1.1 Model............................................................................................... 161 19.1.2 Default Partial Factors........................................................................ 162 19.1.3 Project Properties .............................................................................. 163 19.1.4 View Input File.................................................................................. 166 19.2 Construction menu........................................................................................ 167 19.2.1 Regular sheet piling........................................................................... 167 19.2.2 Regular sheet piling (in the case of a vertical balance check) ................. 168 19.2.3 Combined wall wizard......................................................................... 169

10

MSHEET USER MANUAL

19.3

19.4

19.5

19.6

19.2.4 Construction menu Profiles library .................................................... 170 19.2.5 Construction menu for single piles....................................................... 172 Soil menu .................................................................................................... 173 19.3.1 Surfaces............................................................................................ 173 19.3.2 Soil Layers for retaining walls ............................................................. 174 19.3.3 Soil Layers for single piles .................................................................. 179 19.3.4 Soil Profiles....................................................................................... 182 19.3.5 Water Levels ..................................................................................... 183 19.3.6 Water Properties................................................................................ 184 Loads menu.................................................................................................. 184 19.4.1 Uniform loads for retaining walls......................................................... 184 19.4.2 Surcharges for retaining walls ............................................................. 185 19.4.3 Horizontal line loads for retaining walls and single piles........................ 186 19.4.4 Moments for retaining walls and single piles......................................... 187 19.4.5 Normal forces for retaining walls and single piles .................................. 188 19.4.6 Soil displacements for single piles ....................................................... 189 Supports menu ............................................................................................. 190 19.5.1 Anchors for retaining walls................................................................. 190 19.5.2 Struts for retaining walls.................................................................... 192 19.5.3 Spring supports for retaining walls and single piles ............................... 193 19.5.4 Rigid supports for retaining walls and single piles ................................. 194 Stages menu................................................................................................. 194 19.6.1 Stages Manager ................................................................................. 194 19.6.2 Stages Overview for retaining walls...................................................... 195 19.6.3 Stage Overview for single piles ............................................................ 197

20

CALCULATIONS 20.1 20.2 20.3 20.4 20.5 20.6 20.7

199

Calculation Options for retaining walls ............................................................ 199 Start Calculation for retaining walls ................................................................ 200 Start Calculation for single piles ..................................................................... 201 Design Sheet Piling Length ............................................................................ 202 Verify Sheet Piling ........................................................................................ 203 Allowable Anchor Force ................................................................................. 206 Overall Stability............................................................................................ 208

21

VIEW RESULTS 21.1 21.2 21.3 21.4 21.5 21.6 21.7

211

Report Selection ........................................................................................... 211 Report ......................................................................................................... 212 Verification Report........................................................................................ 214 Moments, Forces and Displacements................................................................ 215 Verification Moments, Forces and Displacements .............................................. 216 Stress State Charts ........................................................................................ 217 Stress Diagrams ............................................................................................ 218

TABLE OF CONTENTS

11

22

E-CONSULT MODULE

221

22.1 NVAF lines ................................................................................................... 221 22.2 Experiences .................................................................................................. 223

BACKGROUND

227

23

GOVERNING EQUATION

229

24

LATERAL EARTH PRESSURE RATIO 24.1 24.2 24.3 24.4 24.5

231

Initial Stress................................................................................................. 232 Culmann ...................................................................................................... 232 Mller-Breslau (straight slip surface)............................................................... 233 Ktter (Curved Slip Surfaces).......................................................................... 234 Surcharge according to Boussinesq.................................................................. 234

25

SOIL STRENGTH AND STIFFNESS

237

25.1 Strength ...................................................................................................... 237 25.2 Stiffness ...................................................................................................... 238 25.3 Construction Stages ...................................................................................... 239

26

ALLOWABLE ANCHOR FORCE

241

26.1 Short anchorage ........................................................................................... 241 26.2 Long anchor ................................................................................................. 242

27

OVERALL STABILITY

245

28

VERTICAL FORCE BALANCE

247

29

THE CUR 166 STEP-BY-STEP DESIGN PROCEDURE

251

29.1 Semi-probabilistic approach ........................................................................... 251 29.2 Partial Factors: one stage or all stages............................................................. 252 29.3 Support of the CUR 166 step-by-step procedure by MSheet ................................ 253

12

MSHEET USER MANUAL

30

INITIAL STAGE

259

31

ANALYSIS OF SINGLE PILES

263

31.1 Loading by soil deformations ......................................................................... 263 31.2 Loading by forces and moments ..................................................................... 264 31.2.1 Brinch-Hansen .................................................................................. 264 31.2.2 Mnard............................................................................................. 265

32

SPECIAL CASES

267

32.1 Combination with piles.................................................................................. 267 32.1.1 Acting width..................................................................................... 267 32.1.2 Modified soil reaction......................................................................... 268 32.2 Surcharge with limited size parallel to the sheet piling ..................................... 269 32.2.1 Simple load (constant dimensions in both directions) ............................ 269 32.2.2 Complex load .................................................................................... 270 32.3 Modeling concrete under water ...................................................................... 271 32.4 Difference in pressure heads on both sides of the sheet pile wall ....................... 271

VERIFICATION

275

33

BENCHMARKS WITH AN EXACT SOLUTION 33.1 33.2 33.3 33.4 33.5 33.6 33.7 33.8 33.9 33.10 33.11 33.12 33.13 33.14 33.15 33.16 33.17 33.18 33.19

277

Load on beam on elastic foundation................................................................ 278 Beam with a prescribed displacement .............................................................. 280 Beam on two supports, loaded by moment....................................................... 282 Beam with distributed non-uniform load ......................................................... 284 Beam loaded by tangent and normal forces...................................................... 286 Beam/wall with soil displacement................................................................... 287 Load on beam/wall on elastic foundation, in stratified soil................................ 288 Anchor wall stability for a short anchorage in homogeneous soil........................ 290 Anchor wall stability for a long anchorage in homogeneous soil......................... 292 Calculation of the K-ratios for a straight slip surface......................................... 294 Calculation of the K-ratios for a curved slip surface .......................................... 294 Comparison of secant and tangent modulus of subgrade reaction ....................... 295 Displacement using several branches in the stress-displacement diagram ............ 297 Displacement during unloading/reloading steps ............................................... 300 Anchor force and displacement ...................................................................... 302 Pre-stressed anchor....................................................................................... 303 Strut force and displacement ......................................................................... 303 Pre-stressed strut.......................................................................................... 304 Single pile loaded by horizontal force Modulus of subgrade reaction (Mnard) .. 304

TABLE OF CONTENTS

13

33.20 Single pile loaded by horizontal force Earth pressures (Brinch-Hansen) ............ 306 33.21 Flexural stiffness of a combined wall............................................................... 308

34

BENCHMARKS FROM LITERATURE

311

34.1 Horizontal load due to different level of water table......................................... 311 34.2 Fundamental solution according to Culmann.................................................... 312

35

BENCHMARKS: SPECIAL APPLICATIONS 35.1 35.2 35.3 35.4 35.5 35.6 35.7 35.8 35.9 35.10 35.11 35.12 35.13 35.14 35.15

315

Comparing the c, , and Ka, K0, Kp methods: uniform load on lower side........... 315 Comparing the c, , and Ka, K0, Kp methods: uniform load on higher side ......... 316 Compare load distance to sheet pile: load of 25 kN/m on high side ................... 317 Influence of soil against sheet pile wall for an excavation ................................. 318 Equilibrium of initially unequal surfaces and surcharges.................................... 319 Additional horizontal pressure due to a uniform load........................................ 321 Additional horizontal pressure due to a surcharge load ..................................... 322 Non-horizontal surface .................................................................................. 324 Symmetry (left and right side) ....................................................................... 325 Effect of the acting width .............................................................................. 325 Vertical force balance .................................................................................... 327 Horizontal pressures in stratified soil with additional pore pressures .................. 329 Functioning of classes in option Verify Sheet Piling (Method II)......................... 330 Functioning of classes in option Verify Sheet Piling (Method I).......................... 339 Functioning of classes in Design Sheet Piling Length ........................................ 343

36

BENCHMARKS COMPARED WITH OTHER PROGRAMS

347

36.1 Functioning of classes in option Overall Stability........................................... 347

LITERATURE

351

INDEX

353

14

MSHEET USER MANUAL

Introduction Tutorial Reference Background Verification

16

MSHEET USER MANUAL

1
1 General Information

1.1

Preface

MSheet is a tool used to design sheet pile and diaphragm walls and horizontally loaded piles. MSheets graphical interactive interface requires just a short training period, allowing the user to focus their skills directly on the input of sound geotechnical data and the subsequent design of the wall or single pile. MSheet comes as a standard module that can be extended with other modules to fit more advanced applications: C, phi, delta (Culmann) module Verification module Single Piles module E-Consult module

1.2

Features in standard module

This section contains an overview of the features available in MSheet for the design of diaphragm and sheet pile walls. For more information on these topics, see the Reference Section and the Background Section of this manual. A number of these options are indicated in Figure 1-1.

18

MSHEET USER MANUAL

Surcharge Arbitrary Soil Profiles Anchors Struts forces Moments Excess Pore Pressure

Staged Constructions

Figure 1-1 MSheet Options 1.2.1 Sheet Piling MSheet models the sheet piling as an Elasto-plastic beam on a foundation of uncoupled elastic springs (representing the soil). Stiffness. Uniform or variable values can be used for the elastic bending stiffness and normal stiffness along the beam axis. A library is available for quick selection of standard and user-defined sheet piling profiles. A special combined wall wizard calculates the relevant values for walls made from a combination of sheet piling and piles. Geometrical Non-linear. A compressive normal force will introduce additional bending. The user can introduce normal forces and MSheet will calculate the additional moments and displacements that follow from the inputted normal force. 1.2.2 Anchors and Struts MSheet models both anchors and struts using discrete springs.
tensile stress limited capacity pre- stress zero pressure condition tensile strain

Figure 1-2 Stress-Strain Relationship for Anchors Anchors. Anchors are characterized by arbitrary direction, elastic normal stiffness, zero pressure condition and limited capacity due to yielding or soil resistance (Figure 1-2). Pre-tensioning of anchors is optional. Struts. Struts are characterized by elastic normal stiffness, zero tension condition and buckling force. Pre-compression of struts is optional.

INTRODUCTION

19

1.2.3 Soil Horizontal soil layers can be defined, optionally in combination with a non-horizontal ground level. MSheet models the stiffness of the soil as a series of discrete, independently acting, multi-linear springs, forming an elastic foundation for a beam (which is used to model the wall).
horizontal effective stress virgin loading

passive yield

active yield

unloading

reloading

relative displacement

Figure 1-3 Soil Stress versus Displacement Physical Non-linear. MSheet makes use of multi-linear relationships between horizontal stress and displacement, with different values for active and passive yielding. MSheet can determine these yield values from the well-established slip surface theories of Culmann, Ktter or Mller-Breslau. Elasto-Plastic. MSheet can accommodate the soil stiffness for the virgin loading state and the unloading/reloading state. Initial Stress. MSheet derives the initial horizontal stress from the approximate initial vertical stress using Jkys equation for the lateral stress ratio K0. MSheet calculates additional stresses due to surcharge or a non-horizontal ground surface based on Boussinesqs stress distribution theory.

For detailed information see [chapter 24] and [chapter 25]. 1.2.4 Loads and Supports MSheet provides the following options for defining loads and supports: Pore Fluid. Hydrostatic pore fluid pressure from the input of a phreatic surface position on either side of the wall. Additional pore pressures can also be specified, varying linearly within the relevant layers. See Figure 1-4, below.

20

MSHEET USER MANUAL

hydrostatic pore pressure

excess pore pressure

Figure 1-4 Hydrostatic pressure with additional pore pressures (in excess) Construction. Excavation or elevation of soil (see staged construction). Surcharge. Discrete or infinitely extending surcharge at ground level. The surcharge load can be specified as uniform or varying multi-linearly. Forces. Line loads or distributed force loads, directed perpendicularly to the sheet pile wall. Variable normal force along the beam axis. Moments. Discrete bending moments directed out-of-plane. Supports. Rigid supports or springs for displacement and rotation. The horizontal displacement at the top of the sheet piling can also be defined.

1.2.5 Staged Construction Construction sequences can be modeled using a step-by-step (phased) analysis. This means that soil, loads, supports, anchors and struts can be added or removed, and the water table changed, for each stage. 1.2.6 Design Procedures Length optimization. MSheet can determine the critical length of the sheet piling by reducing the length step-by-step until instability occurs or an admissible displacement is exceeded. Anchor Force. MSheet checks whether the available soil resistance is sufficient for the anchor force, using a slip surface theory according to Kranz [Lit 4].

1.2.7 Results MSheet can display a report with graphs and tables of displacements, bending moments, shear forces, pore pressures and soil stresses along the beam axis. `

INTRODUCTION

21

1.3

Features in additional modules

1.3.1 C, phi, delta (Culmann) module As an alternative to the Ka, Ko, Kp method, the active and passive earth pressure coefficients can be determined using the c, phi, delta method based on Culmanns formulas [ 24.2]. This method can be used in combination with non-horizontal soil surfaces and surcharge loads, unlike the Ka, Ko, Kp method. 1.3.2 Verification module Safety. MSheet verifies the sheet piling, according to CUR publication 166 [chapter 29] for a selected stage by applying certain partial safety factors. Overall Stability. MSheet verifies a sheet piling against loss of overall stability by means of a Bishop calculation, according to CUR publication 166.

Two different methods for verification calculation are implemented: one using the partial factors prescribed by CUR 166 in all construction stages and the second using them only for a selected stage. A verification report containing all results according to the CUR 166 design procedure is also available. 1.3.3 Single pile module Along the pile, several cross-sections with different widths and stiffness can be specified. The connection of the pile to a foundation can be modeled by defining a fixed support or a spring support at a certain level. For the support conditions a distinction is made between translation and rotation. Several soil layers can be defined, divided by horizontal layer boundaries. Soil properties are input for each layer. The bottom soil layer is assumed to be infinitely thick. The surface level on both sides of the pile must be identical and horizontal. The water level determines the hydrostatic water pressure. Additional pore pressures can also be introduced, varying linearly across each soil layer. Externally calculated undisturbed soil displacements can be imposed on the pile. MSheet can also calculate the influence of discrete bending moments and/or horizontal and normal forces on the pile. The subgrade reaction is put to a minimum (active) and maximum (passive) pressure on the pile by definition of earth pressure coefficients. Between these extreme values, MSheet will apply a linear relation between the stress and the displacement, as defined by a modulus of subgrade reaction. For imposed displacements, the modulus of subgrade reaction may be calculated using the Brinch-Hansen method. The earth pressure coefficients are direct input. For loading by forces and moments, MSheet can also determine the modulus and

22

MSHEET USER MANUAL

coefficients from the theory of respectively Brinch-Hansen [Lit 17] and Mnard [Lit 8]. 1.3.4 E-Consult module The E-Consult module enables users to compare their MSheet sheet pile wall design against relevant execution experience data and Dutch NVAF lines. This may help to reduce failure costs during pile driving/vibrating. Without license this module works in Demo mode. Currently the experiences are mainly from Dutch locations, therefore their relevancy to other locations in the world may be limited.

1.4

History
Release 1.0 (1990) was based directly on MSheets forerunner DAMWAND/3, which analyzed the construction of vertical sheet piling with horizontal ground surfaces. Release 2.0 (1992) implemented options for non-horizontal ground surfaces and non-uniform loads (surcharges). Release 3.0 (1995) featured a new option for normal forces in the sheet pile wall and also implemented a new multi-linear stress-displacement relation for the soil. Release 4.0 (1997) featured specific design procedures, based on the CUR design guide [Lit 5] for discovering the critical length and checking safety. Release 5.0 (1998) was the first Windows version of MSheet. The improved user manual could now also be accessed using the online Help function. Release 5.4 (2001) featured the following new options: overall soil stability analysis (Bishop), a sheet piling library, extended support of CUR 166, and a report on the vertical force balance. Improvements to the user interface included user-friendly graphical input and the Stages Overview dialog. Release 5.7 (2002) featured a new option for a first stage with initially nonhorizontal surfaces or initial surcharges. The release also included modules for separately licensed models. The new initial stage option necessitated a refinement of the soil yield stress calculation, even when the option was not selected. Therefore results from release 5.7 were different to the results of previous releases. Release 6.1 (2004) featured a new single pile module, which supports the analysis of horizontally loaded piles. The release also included a wizard for convenient input of combined walls. The report content could now be selected, with reports bearing graphs, and improved layout of tabular results. Reports could now be exported in different formats, including pdf and rtf and graphical and report output for the CUR 166 verify sheet piling option was implemented and. The refined soil yield stress calculation was made optional when the initial stage option was not selected. The default, faster, coarse method therefore yields results that are the same as the results of releases prior to release 5.7.

INTRODUCTION

23

Version 6.2 (2005) featured the new E-Consult module that enables users to check their MSheet design for sheet pile walls against relevant execution experience data. This may help to reduce failure costs during pile driving/vibrating. Without license this module works in Demo mode. Currently the experiences are mainly from Dutch locations, therefore their relevancy to other locations in the world may be limited. Release 7 (2005) includes the ability to perform a vertical balance check on the sheet pile wall. It is now possible to specify partial factors, allowing MSheet to be used with the Eurocode model. The updated CUR 166 procedure (2005) [Lit 16] is fully integrated in this MSheet version.

1.5

Limitations

When working with MSheet, the following limitations apply: Vertical elastic piling. Horizontal soil layers. Only diaphragm wall, sheet pile walls and single piles can be analyzed with MSheet. To analyze pile groups, use the MPile program from Delft GeoSystems.

1.6

Minimum System Requirements

The following minimum system requirements are needed in order to run and install the MSheet software, either from CD or by downloading from the Delft GeoSystems website via MS Internet Explorer: Windows NT 4.0 (Service pack 6), Windows 2000 or Windows XP PC with Pentium 266 MHz processor 256 MB of RAM 400MB free hard disk space SVGA videocard, 1024 x 768 pixels, 256 colors CD-ROM drive Microsoft Internet Explorer version 6.0 or newer For use of the E-Consult module an Internet connections is needed

24

MSHEET USER MANUAL

1.7
H V p, w ' 'h 'v K,

Definitions and Symbols

Horizontal soil stress (positive in compression) Vertical soil stress (positive in compression) Pore water pressure Effective soil stress (positive in compression) Effective horizontal soil stress (positive in compression) Effective vertical soil stress (positive in compression) Lateral earth pressure ratio: the ratio between the horizontal and vertical stress K = =

h v

C K0 Ka KP E I k, kb K k0 k1 , k2. w W X B Fv Fmax m,b qc Pr;max;point Asteel

Cohesion The (Coulomb) friction angle of the soil (phi) Rotation of the sheet piling The (Coulomb) friction angle between the soil and sheet piling (delta) Lateral earth pressure ratio at initial stress state (rest) for a horizontal ground level K 0 = 1 sin Lateral earth pressure ratio at active yielding (extension of soil) Lateral earth pressure ratio at passive yielding (compression of soil) Youngs Modulus Moment of Inertia Modulus of subgrade reaction; stiffness of the soil bedding Permeability Modulus of subgrade reaction for the unloading/reloading state Descending values of the Modulus of subgrade reaction during virgin loading Displacement Resisting moment Co-ordinate along the axis of the sheet piling Acting width of the sheet piling Resulting vertical force Vertical force capacity Factor on the cone resistance Partial material factor Representative cone resistance Maximum point resistance Cross-sectional area of sheet piling per running meter.

INTRODUCTION

25

1.8

Getting Help

From the Help menu, choose the MSheet Help option, or press F1 for Help about the window which is currently active.

Figure 1-5 MSheet Help window In the window displayed (Figure 1-5), there are a three ways (corresponding to three tabs) to find a Help topic: Click this button tab in the Help window for an overview Contents of the Table of Contents. Click this button to search for Help topics on the basis Searching by of a specific word. MSheet will find the corresponding word Help topic from the list of the Index section (see at the end of the document). Click this button to search for Help topics on the basis Searching by of specific words. MSheet will find several corresponding word (advanced) Help topic that use those words in their description. List Topics In the Search tab, click this button to display a list of the Help topics generated on the basis of the specific word given. When a Help topic is selected, click this button to display its content. Click this button to alternatively hide or show the searching tabs Content, Index and Search.

Display Hide/Show

26

MSHEET USER MANUAL

Back Print Options

Click this button to go back to the previous selected Help topic. Click this button to print the contents of the window. Click this button to display the menu below (Figure 1-6).

Figure 1-6 Menu from the Options button of the MSheet Help window Hide/Show Tabs Back Forward Home Stop Refresh Internet Options Print Search Highlight On/Off Select this option to alternatively hide or show the searching tabs Content, Index and Search. Select this option to go back to the previous selected Help topic. Select this option to go forward to the preceding selected Help topic. Select this option to go to the default internet home page. Select this option to stop searching. Select this option to refresh the content of the window. Select this option to open the Internet Options window. Select this option to print the contents of the window Select this option to choose whether to highlight the search words wherever they appear in the displayed text.

To display and print the Help texts properly, the Symbol TrueType font must be installed.

1.9

Getting Support

If problems are encountered, the first step should be to consult the online Help and the frequently asked questions (FAQs) at http://www.delftgeosystems.nl. If the solution cannot be found there, then the problem description can be e-mailed (preferred) or faxed to GeoDelfts support team. When sending a problem description, please add a full description of the working environment. To do this conveniently, choose the Support option in the Help menu. The System Info tab contains all relevant information about the system and the MSheet software. The Problem Description tab enables a description of the problem encountered to be added. The problem report can

INTRODUCTION

27

either be saved to a file or sent to a printer or PC fax. The document can be emailed to support@geodelft.nl or alternatively faxed to +31 (0)15 2610821.

1.10 GeoDelft
GeoDelft was established in 1934 and is one of the worlds most renowned institutes for geotechnical and environmental research. GeoDelft continuously applies its growing knowledge through consultancy, measurements and predictions to projects that are often very challenging. GeoDelft actively stimulates the dissemination and utilization of its knowledge. For more information on GeoDelft, visit the GeoDelft website: http://www.geodelft.nl.

1.11 Delft GeoSystems

Delft GeoSystems was founded by GeoDelft in 2002. The companys objective is to convert GeoDelfts knowledge into practical geo-engineering services and software. Delft GeoSystems has developed a suite of software for geotechnical engineering. Besides software, Delft GeoSystems is involved in providing services such as hosting online monitoring platforms, hosting on-line delivery of site investigation, laboratory test results, etc. As part of this process Delft GeoSystems is progressively connecting these services to their software. This allows for more standardized use of information, and the interpretation and comparison of results. Most software is used as design software, following design standards. This however, does not guarantee a design that can be executed successfully in practice, so automated back-analyses using monitoring information are an important aspect in improving geotechnical engineering results. The E-Consult module for MSheet confronts users with experience data for vibrational sheet pile wall installation in practice. E-Consult modules, such as the one used with MSheet, are the result of GeoDelfts R&D for GeoBrain. GeoBrains objective is to combine experience, expertise and numerical results into one forecast, using Artificial Intelligence, Neural Networks and Bayesian Belief Networks. For more information about Delft GeoSystems geotechnical software, including download options, visit http://www.delftgeosystems.nl.

1.12 Rijkswaterstaat
Rijkswaterstaat (RWS) is part of the Dutch Ministry for Traffic, Public Works and Water Management. RWSs tasks include the regulation, construction, management and maintenance of public works. By supporting the development of MSheet, RWS is facilitating the uniform and reliable design of sheet pile walls. For more information on RWS, visit http://www.minvenw.nl.

28

MSHEET USER MANUAL

2
2 Getting Started

This Getting Started section aims to familiarize the user with the structure and user interface of MSheet. The Tutorial section which follows uses a selection of case studies to introduce the programs functions.

2.1

Starting MSheet

To start MSheet, click Start on the Windows menu bar and then find it under Programs, or double-click an MSheet input file that was generated during a previous session. For an MSheet installation based on floating licenses, the Modules window may appear at startup [ 18.2.5]. Check that the correct modules are selected and click OK. When MSheet is started from the Windows menu bar, the last project that was worked on will open automatically, unless the program has been configured otherwise under Tools: Program Options.

30

MSHEET USER MANUAL

2.2

Main Window

When MSheet is started, the main window is displayed.

Figure 2-1 MSheet main window

2.3

The menu bar

To access the MSheet menus, click the menu names on the menu bar.

Figure 2-2 MSheet menu bar

INTRODUCTION

31

The menus contain the following functions: File Standard Windows options for opening and saving files as well as several MSheet options for exporting and printing active windows and reports. Project Options for selecting the project model, defining partial factors and properties, and viewing the input file. Construction Options for defining the sheet pile/diaphragm wall, or single pile. Soil Options for defining ground surfaces, the properties and profiles of the soil layers, water levels and water properties. Loads Options for defining distributed surcharge, forces, moments and prescribed soil displacements. Supports Options for defining anchors, struts, rigid supports and springs. Stages Options for defining construction stages (for sheet pile walls) and viewing/defining the applied loads, supports and water levels for each stage. Calculation Analysis of the following, based on input values: resulting moments, forces, displacements and stresses, stability analysis with decreasing length of sheet piling; determining design values for the moment, anchor force and displacement according to the CUR step-by-step design procedure; checking anchor wall stability; checking overall stability. Results Options for displaying and creating reports on moments, displacements, shear forces, pore water pressures, effective horizontal stress and total horizontal stress, in addition to the results of verification and design calculations. E-Consult Feasibility comparison of the project using NVAF lines or the GeoBrain database of experiences. Tools Options for editing MSheet program defaults and accessing the piling library. Window Default Windows options for arranging the MSheet windows and choosing the active window. Help Online Help options [ 1.8]. Detailed descriptions of these menu options can be found in the Reference section.

32

MSHEET USER MANUAL

2.4

The icon bar

Use the buttons on the icon bar to quickly access frequently used functions (see below).

Figure 2-3 MSheet icon bar Click on the following buttons to activate the corresponding functions: Start a new MSheet project. Open the input file of an existing project. Save the input file of the current project. Print the contents of the currently active window. Display a print preview of the current contents of the Input Diagram window. Open the Project Properties window. Here the project title and other identification data can be entered, and the Diagram Settings and Graph Settings for the project can be determined. Open the Stages Overview window. The contents of each construction stage can be composed here by selecting or deselecting the loads and supports that are available, choosing the computation method, entering water levels, and more. Open the Sheet Piling or Pile window (depending on the model being used), containing the properties of the sheet pile wall or single pile. Start the main calculation. Display the contents of online Help.

2.5

Input Diagram

The Input Diagram window graphically displays the input for a selected stage. In the upper part of the window, select one of the stages defined previously. The selected stage will also be used in the Stage Composer (see below). Use the plus button to copy the selected stage to a new stage and use the arrow buttons to browse through the stages. Double clicking in the window on items such as layers, supports and loads will open the corresponding input windows.

INTRODUCTION

33

Figure 2-4 Input Diagram window Click on the following buttons in the Edit or Tools panel to activate the corresponding functions: Select and edit mode In this mode, the left-hand mouse button can be used to select previously defined supports, loads and layers in the Input Diagram. Items can then be deleted or modified by dragging or resizing, or by clicking the right hand mouse button and choosing an option from the menu displayed. Pressing the Escape key will return the user to this select and edit mode. Pan Click this button to move the drawing by clicking and dragging the mouse. Zoom in Click this button to enlarge the drawing, then click on the drawing on the part which is to be at the centre of the new image. Zoom out Click this button, then click on the drawing, to reduce the drawing. Zoom area Click this button to click and drag a rectangle over the area to be enlarged. The selected area will be enlarged to fit the window. Measure the distance between two points Click this button, then click the first point on the Input Diagram window and place the cross on the second point. The distance between the two points can be read at the bottom of the Input View window. To turn this option off, click the escape key.

34

MSHEET USER MANUAL

Undo Zoom Click this button to undo the zoom. Zoom limits Click this button to display the complete drawing. Click this button to add an anchor Click this button to add a strut Click this button to add a uniform surface load Click this button to add a non-uniform surface load Click this button to add a horizontal line load Click this button to add a moment load Click this button to add a spring support to reduce horizontal displacement Click this button to add a rigid support to prevent horizontal displacement

For more information, see [ 19.3.4], [ 19.4] and [ 19.5].

2.6

Stage Composer

Use the Stage Composer to connect input data to the stage selected in the Input Diagram window. The Stage Composer can also be used to access input windows.

Figure 2-5 Stage Composer

INTRODUCTION

35

The Stage Composer is part of the main window, and consists of two separate boxes: Upper Box: The upper box contains all of the input options. For loads and supports, this box also indicates the number of defined loads or supports applied in the selected stage, in relation to the total number of loads defined. Lower Box: The lower box displays an overview of the input that has been defined. A checkmark indicates that the input data has been linked to the selected stage. Connect to Stages When one of the input options is selected in the upper box (single click), an overview of available input will appear in the lower box. To connect input to a particular stage, select a stage in the Input Diagram window and use the checkboxes in the lower box to select the input that applies to the selected stage. NOTE: stages. The Stages Overview window [ 19.6.2] can also be used to connect input to

Opening Input windows Double-click one of the input options in the upper box to display an input window in which input data can be entered or adapted. The same menus are also available on the menu bar. Using the popup menu Right-click anywhere in the lower box to open the popup menu. This menu presents four options to quickly select or deselect checkboxes for the available stages.

Figure 2-6 Popup menu Select All Selects all loads or supports of the type selected in the upper box for the current construction stage. This action is equivalent to marking all the checkboxes one by one. Deselects all loads or supports of the type selected in the upper box for the current construction stage. This action is equivalent to unmarking all the checkboxes one by one. Marks all the checkboxes for all construction stages exactly the same way as for the current stage. Marks all the checkboxes for all construction stages higher than the current one exactly the same way as for the current stage.

Deselect All

Apply to All Stages Apply from this Stages On

36

MSHEET USER MANUAL

2.7
*.shi

Files
Input file (ASCII): Contains the input with the problem definition. After interactive generation, this file can be reused in subsequent MSheet analyses. Output file (ASCII): After a calculation has been performed, all output is written to this file. If there are any errors in the input, they are described in this file. Drawing file (binary): Working file with plot data. Earth pressure coefficient file (binary): Working file with information on the lateral earth pressure ratios. Geometry file (ASCII): Export file for the M-Series, containing a description of the geometry. MStab input file (ASCII): Export file for MStab, containing the input data needed for a stability calculation in MStab.

*.sho

*.shd *.shl *.geo *.sti

Introduction Tutorial Reference Background Verification

38

MSHEET USER MANUAL

3
3 Tutorial 1: Excavation using Ka, Ko and Kp

This first tutorial considers a sheet pile retaining wall with a single excavation stage and no change in groundwater level, as indicated in Figure 3-1. This situation might occur, for example, when creating a new waterway. The objectives of this exercise are: To learn the steps needed to enter the project geometry and properties. To calculate and display the bending moments, shear forces and deflection of the wall, as well as stresses in the soil, using earth pressure coefficients (Ka, Ko, Kp). For this tutorial the following MSheet modules are needed: Base module (earth pressure coefficients)

40

MSHEET USER MANUAL

3.1

Introduction to the case

The excavation is submerged; hence no change in groundwater level is expected. The groundwater level is located 2 meters below the initial ground level. Four different soil layers are modeled; their parameters are provided in Table 3-1. In this example the sheet piling used to make the wall is an AZ 13 profile, having a bending stiffness of 41370 kNm/m. The top of the wall is located at ground level (GL). The toe of the wall is at GL -16 m. The surface is excavated to GL -7 m on the left hand side of the wall.
GL=0 -2.0
CLAY

-4.0 -6.00 -7.0

PEAT

CLAY CLAY AZ 13

-13.0

SAND

-16.0

Figure 3-1 Single stage excavation Table 3-1 - Soil properties Unsaturated total unit weight Saturated total unit weight (Drained) Cohesion Friction angle Delta Friction angle Mod. Subgrade Reaction: Virgin Loading [kN/m] [kN/m] [kN/m] [deg] [deg] [kN/m] Clay 15 16 10 17 11 2000 Peat 10 11 2 20 0 800 Sand 17 19 0 35 27 10000

TUTORIAL

41

3.2

Project

In the Project menu, the project model and project properties are described. 3.2.1 Model To create a new project, follow the steps described below: 1. Start MSheet from the Windows taskbar (Start/Programs/Delft GeoSystems/MSheet). 2. If the MSheet installation is based on floating licenses then the Module window may appear at this point. If this is the case then ensure that the modules mentioned in the introduction of each tutorial have been selected. Click OK to close the window. 3. Click File and choose New on the MSheet menu bar to start a new project. This will result in a screen similar to Figure 3-2.

Figure 3-2 Input Diagram window 4. Click Project on the MSheet menu bar and then choose Model. 5. Select Sheet piling. 6. Select the Ka, Ko, Kp soil parameters model (Figure 3-3).

42

MSHEET USER MANUAL

Figure 3-3 Model window 7. Deselect the option Check vertical balance as a vertical balance check is not part of this exercise. 8. Deselect the option CUR verification as a CUR verification check is not part of this exercise. 9. Click OK and proceed to the definition of the sheet piling. 10. A message may appear stating that for all stages the method used is set to Ka, Ko, Kp. Click Yes to continue. See Project Model [ 19.1.1] for a detailed description of this window.

3.3

Construction

This menu deals with the input of the retaining structure. In this example the sheet piling data needs to be specified. To enter the sheet piling data: 1. Click Construction on the MSheet menu bar and choose Sheet Piling. 2. In the input window displayed (Figure 3-4), enter the top and toe level of the sheet piling. In this case, the top level (Sheet piling top level) is at 0.0 m and the bottom (Section bottom level) at -16 m. 3. The bending stiffness can be entered manually, or imported from the library that is integrated in MSheet. To use the library, click the button, and select Arbed's AZ 13 from the Sheet Piling Profiles window. This will give a sheet piling with a bending stiffness of 41,370 kNm/m'.

TUTORIAL

43

4. Use the Select button to return to the Sheet Piling menu. The sheet properties of the selected sheet pile type will be displayed in the window.

Figure 3-4 Sheet Piling profiles window 5. Click OK to close the Sheet Piling window. The next stage is to define the ground surface positions. NOTE: The default acting width is 1.0 m. This allows for easy interpretation of output results as the acting width is a multiplication factor for the sheet piling stiffness and all loads, supports and reaction forces except the normal forces. Normal forces are always inputted per acting width of the construction. For more information on normal forces see [ 19.4.5]. The acting width need only be changed in the case of a combined wall consisting of sections with different acting widths. For more detail, please refer to the reference manual [ 19.2.1]. See [ 19.2] for a detailed description of the Construction menu.

3.4

Soil

In the menu item Soil the soil surfaces, properties and soil profile can be specified. Water levels, pore pressures additional to those caused by the water level, and water properties are also defined here. 3.4.1 Surfaces After defining the sheet piling, the ground surfaces must be defined. In MSheet, this is done by first specifying different surface levels and then specifying which surface levels are active on the left and right hand side of the excavation. In this project, two horizontal surfaces need to be defined. The ground level surface (named <GL>) at 0 m, and the surface for the excavation level at -7 m. After defining

44

MSHEET USER MANUAL

these surfaces, the <GL> surface needs to be active on the right hand side and the <GL-7> excavation level on the left hand side. Define surfaces Choose Soil and then Surfaces to display an input window in which the following should be done: 1. Rename the first surface <GL>. Enter 0.0 m for the vertical Level. As the surface is horizontal, the distance parameter may be ignored. 2. Click Add to add a surface with the name <GL-7> and enter -7.0 for its vertical level, as indicated in Figure 3-5.

Figure 3-5 Surfaces window 3. Click OK. NOTE: MSheet displays an overview of the surfaces defined in the lower box of the Stage Composer sub-window (if Surface left or Surface right has been selected), as indicated in Figure 3-6. See also activate surfaces in the next section. Activate surfaces Which surfaces should be applied on the left and right hand sides of the sheet piling may now be selected. This selection is made using the Stage Composer located at the left hand side of the main window for MSheet. 1. Click Surface left and select the surface with description, <GL-7>. 2. Click Surface right and select the surface with description, <GL>.

TUTORIAL

45

Figure 3-6 Stage Composer window Notice that on activating the surfaces, the Input Diagram changes to the actual situation. The Input Diagram now indicates the excavation level, as shown in Figure 3-7. See Surfaces [ 19.3.1] for a detailed description of the Surfaces window.

Figure 3-7 Input Diagram with excavation level applied on the left hand side.

46

MSHEET USER MANUAL

3.4.2

Soil Layers

The properties of each soil layer need to be defined before the location of the layer itself is specified. Input of the soil profile is described in the next section. For MSheet, material properties are divided into three groups: General properties Earth pressure coefficients Modulus of subgrade reaction General properties 1. To enter the layer properties, click Soil and then choose Layers on the MSheet menu bar to display the input window shown in Figure 3-8.

Figure 3-8 Empty Soil Layers window 2. Rename the soil layer name to <Clay>. 3. Enter the required General data, for the first layer <Clay> as indicated in Figure 3-9. The Friction angle phi and the Delta friction angle (representing the friction between the soil and the sheet pile wall) are not inputted at this stage. NOTE: When the unsaturated unit weight of a soil layer is not relevant because it is always below the water table, any value entered in the Unsaturated total unit weight box will not be used.

TUTORIAL

47

Figure 3-9 Soil Layers window, General data NOTE: Input of the internal friction angle is not required when the earth pressure coefficients are entered manually. Input of cohesion is always required, see [ 25.1] for more detail. Earth pressure coefficients In MSheet, earth pressure coefficients can be entered manually or calculated using an automatic procedure from a relation between the cohesion, the internal friction angle and the delta friction angle.

Figure 3-10 Soil Layers window, Earth pressure coefficients 1. Select Muller-Breslau (straight strip surfaces) to automatically generate earth pressure coefficients according to the Muller-Breslau method. Selecting either Muller-Breslau or Kotter enables input of the Friction angle phi and the Delta friction angle. 2. Enter 17 for phi and 11 for delta, as indicated in Figure 3-10. NOTE: The Muller-Breslau method of determining earth pressure coefficients is based upon straight slip surfaces. This method has limitations, as described in the NEN 6740, 12.4.2.2 [Lit 12] and CUR 166 [Lit 16]. Generally the Muller-Breslau method is used when the soils friction angle, phi, is equal or less than 30. The Kotter method is generally used for larger friction angles. For more information see [ 24.3] and [ 24.4]. The method selected also has an impact on the way the delta friction angle is determined. Suggestions for correlations between the friction angle and the delta friction angle can be found in Table 25-1.

48

MSHEET USER MANUAL

Modulus of subgrade reaction MSheet offers two ways to input the modulus of subgrade reaction: manually or according to the Dutch design standard for sheet-pilings (CUR 166). The latter is done by selecting a predefined soil type. In this example the modulus of subgrade reaction is entered manually. 1. Click the Curve Settings button in the Soil Layers window, the window shown in Figure 3-11 appears. 2. Select Tangent (MSheet Classic) to enter the modulus of subgrade reaction manually. 3. Make sure the checkbox Use unloading/reloading curve is not marked. Marking this checkbox is only necessary when using an elasto-plastic model which follows a different branch of the curve for unloading than for reloading. This example just uses a simple elastic model.

Figure 3-11 Curve Settings window 4. Select 1 in the number of curves for spring characteristics box. When entering the moduli of subgrade reaction manually, the user defines the number of curves for spring characteristics, which is the number of branches (with a different inclination) that will be used in the multi-linear relationship between horizontal soil stress and displacement. This number can vary from 1 to 4. In this simple example, only one branch is used. 5. Click OK to close the Curve Settings window. 6. Enter the values of the Modulus of Subgrade Reaction for the only branch selected (Figure 3-12). According to Table 3-1 in the case description, this value is k1 = 2000 kN/m3 (virgin loading) for both the top and the bottom of the layer.

Figure 3-12 Soil Layers window, Modulus of subgrade reaction Tangent (MSheet Classic)

TUTORIAL

49

7. Repeat this process for the two other soil layers by adding two additional layers, <Peat> and <Sand>, and entering the soil properties from Table 3-1 in the same way as for the clay layer. Please note that for sake of simplicity, the properties of the second clay layer are identical to the properties of the first layer. In this case the properties only need to be entered once. Note that for friction angles larger than 30 degrees it is advised to use the Kotter method to determine the values for Ka, Ko and Kp. Hence, select this method for the sand layer in this example. 8. Click OK to confirm the input data for the layer properties. 9. The next stage is to enter the profile of layer positions. See Soil Layers [ 19.3.2] for a detailed description. 3.4.2 Soil Profiles

Once the layer properties have been entered, one or more soil profiles can be specified. To do this, the top level of each layer is input, and one of the previously defined soils is selected. It is also possible to specify an additional pore pressure distribution. In this exercise no additional pore pressures are considered. Pore pressures resulting from the groundwater level are entered as water levels, as described in the next section. Enter the soil profile by following these steps: 1. Click Soil and then choose Profiles. 2. Define the positions of each layer by specifying the layer top, as indicated in Figure 3-13. 3. Leave the additional pore pressures at their default values (0.00), as only hydrostatic pore pressures act in this example.

Figure 3-13 Soil Profiles window See Soil Profiles [ 19.3.4] for a detailed description.

50

MSHEET USER MANUAL

After entering the soil profile, the Input Diagram window should appear as indicated in Figure 3-14.

Figure 3-14 Input Diagram confirming the entered soil profile NOTE: The bottom level of the layer is not entered: MSheet assumes the lowest layer to extend to the bottom of the sheet piling. 3.4.3 Water Levels

By default MSheet assumes the water level to be at 0.0 m. In this example the groundwater level is located at -2.0 m on both sides of the wall (a submerged excavation). Follow these steps to enter the groundwater level: 1. Click Soil and then choose Water Levels. 2. Click on the default name New Water level and change it to WL=GL-2. 3. Specify the level at -2.0 m and close the window by clicking on the OK button.

TUTORIAL

51

Figure 3-15 Water Levels window See Water Levels [ 19.3.5] for a detailed description of this window. After entering the water level, the Input Diagram window should appear as indicated in Figure 3-16.

Figure 3-16 Input Diagram confirming the entered water level 3.4.4 Water Properties

The unit weight of water can be changed in the Water Properties window. The default value is 9.81 kN/m. For this tutorial example the default value is used. See [ 19.3.6] of the reference manual for additional information.

52

MSHEET USER MANUAL

3.5

Loads & Supports

In this tutorial example no loads or supports are used. Loads and supports are used in the next tutorial example.

3.6

Stages

The excavation of the soil on the right hand side of the sheet pile wall is the only stage considered in this tutorial, so no further input is required.

3.7

Calculation

3.7.1 Calculation Options 1. Click Calculation and then choose Options to open the Calculation Options window. The First stage represents initial solution option is only required when a sheet pile wall is added in a situation where the initial soil surface bears a surcharge or is not horizontal. Therefore this box need not be selected. For more details please refer to [ 20.1].

Figure 3-17 Calculation Options window 2. Accept the default Coarse as this model does not contain any loads or slopes close to the sheet piling (see the Note below). 3. Click OK to close this window. NOTE: In MSheet the earth pressure coefficients are calculated at certain modes along the wall. The Coarse method only calculates the values of the earth pressure coefficients at major nodes. The Fine method calculates the values at the minor nodes as well (five times more). Therefore, calculation with the Fine method takes significantly longer. It should be noted that the results may differ slightly according to the method employed. These differences occur mostly at slopes or loads close to the sheet piling. In these cases the Fine method is recommended, in other cases faster calculations can be made with the Coarse method. For more information, see [ 20.2].

TUTORIAL

53

3.7.2 Start Calculation Now that all input has been entered, the calculation can be executed. 1. To start calculation, click Calculation and then choose Start.

Figure 3-18 Start Calculation window 2. In the Start Calculation window displayed (Figure 3-18), click OK to calculate the results. MSheet opens the Save As window if the project has not already been saved to disk. 3. Specify a project name, <Tutorial-1> for example (this name will be referred to in other tutorial examples). During the analysis, a Calculation Progress window appears (Figure 3-19).

Figure 3-19 Calculation Progress window 4. Click Close once the analysis has been completed. The results can now be displayed using the Result menu. See Start Calculation [ 20.2] for additional information.

54

MSHEET USER MANUAL

3.8

Results

3.8.1 Moment/Force/Displacement Charts To view the resulting moments, forces and displacements in graphical form click Results and then choose Moment/Force/Displacement Charts. This will produce the following graphical output (Figure 3-20).

Figure 3-20 Resulting Moments, Forces and Displacements As expected, the maximum displacement is at the top of the sheet pile wall. Shear forces and moments are nil at the top and the bottom of the sheet piling as the displacement is not constrained here. The magnitude of the maximum moment in the sheet pile wall is around 160 kNm, which is less than this sections maximum moment for elastic behavior, so the wall will not fail in bending. To find the sections maximum moment for elastic behavior open the Sheet Piling Profiles Library from the Tools menu and look under Mmax;el for the AZ13 profile for the yield strength. NOTE: The chart data can be viewed and then copied by clicking the right-hand mouse button in the Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window and select View Data. The table of data is then displayed as shown in Figure 3-21.

TUTORIAL

55

Figure 3-21 Chart Data window 3.8.2 Stress State Charts To view the graphical results of the water pressure, resulting stress in the sheet piling and effective stress in the soil, click Results and then choose Stress State Charts. This will produce the following graphical output (Figure 3-22).

Figure 3-22 Resulting Stress State Charts The discontinuities in the effective stress distribution coincide with the junction of two layers, as the properties of each layer are different.

56

MSHEET USER MANUAL

3.8.3 Stress Diagrams To view the effective stress distribution displayed on top of an image of the construction, click Results and then choose Stress Diagrams. This will produce the following graphical output (Figure 3-23).

Figure 3-23 Effective Stress window This effective stress distribution is the same as the third chart of Figure 3-22, but it is displayed on top of the Input Diagram. To view the water pressure and resulting stress click on the Mode icons to the left of the diagram. Maximum values are displayed at the bottom of the window. More results and information are available in a report. How to choose and view the content of a report is described in the next tutorial [chapter 4].

3.9

Conclusion

Various input windows are used to enter the details of a project that is to be modeled and analyzed. Once these details have been input, they can be used to calculate a range of results, including bending moments, shear forces and displacement in the sheet pile wall and the effective soil stresses. One way to view these results is to display them graphically on the screen.

4
4 Tutorial 2: Excavation using c, phi, delta

This second tutorial example extends the first tutorial by changing one of the surfaces to be non-horizontal, as indicated in Figure 3-1. A vertical balance check is also performed as part of this exercise. The objectives of this exercise are: To enter a non-horizontal surface. To learn about the differences between the Ka, Ko, Kp and c, phi, delta methods. To calculate earth pressure coefficients using the c, phi, delta method. To perform a vertical force balance check. For this example, the following MSheet modules are needed: Base module (earth pressure coefficients) C, phi, delta (Culmann) module

4.1

Introduction to the case

This excavation is the same as that modeled in the first tutorial, except that the shape of the ground surface on the left-hand side is no longer horizontal. This shape change has been caused by an excavation that takes place after the sheet pile wall has been installed.

58

MSHEET USER MANUAL

2.0 GL=0.0 -2.0

2.0

CLAY

-1.5

-4.0 -6.0
PEAT

CLAY AZ 13

-13.0

SAND

-16.0

Figure 4-1 Single stage excavation with a non-horizontal surface

4.2

Changing the Model

Soil strength is a function of various factors, including the effective stress and the stress history of the soil. It is therefore normal for the strength of a soil layer to vary with the depth in the layer. The c, phi, delta method as offered by the c, phi, delta (Culmann) module of MSheet is therefore preferable in general as it calculates the earth pressure coefficients over the depth of a soil layer, whereas the Ka, Ko, Kp method assumes the same earth pressure coefficients at all depths in a soil layer. The c, phi, delta model can be used in situations where there is an applied surcharge or the surface is not horizontal, whereas the Ka, Ko, Kp model is limited to horizontal surfaces and uniform loads. For more information, see [ 19.1.1]. This tutorial involves a non-horizontal surface, so before the calculation can be performed the c, phi, delta model needs to be selected. 1. Open the first tutorial by clicking Open in the File menu and selecting the appropriately named tutorial, i.e. <Tutorial-1>. Save the project with a new name by clicking Save As in the File menu and by entering <Tutorial-2> as the project name. 2. Click Project on the MSheet menu bar and then choose Model. 3. Select the c, phi, delta model (Figure 4-2). 4. Mark the Check Vertical Balance checkbox to perform this check along with the standard calculations. 5. Click OK to apply these changes. A window will appear asking for confirmation of this change; select Yes to continue, using the c, phi, delta model.

TUTORIAL

59

Figure 4-2 Model window NOTE: When using the c, phi, delta - model, the earth pressure coefficients are implicitly calculated by MSheet using Culmanns method. Therefore the sub-window Earth pressure coefficients of the Soil Layers window disappears (compared to the previous tutorial) as can be seen in Figure 4-3 below.

Figure 4-3 Soil Layers window using the c, phi, delta model

60

MSHEET USER MANUAL

4.3

Non-horizontal surface

Change the current input by modifying the geometry of the surface linked to the right hand side of the sheet pile wall, following these steps: 1. Choose Soil and Surfaces to display an input window in which the surface on the right hand side of the sheet pile wall can be changed. 2. Select the first surface, named <GL>. 3. Fill in the values that are listed in the table of Figure 4-4 below.

Figure 4-4 Surfaces window with a non-horizontal surface 4. Click OK to see the result of this change to the form of the surface named <GL> in the Input Diagram window (Figure 4-5). NOTE: MSheet models a non-horizontal surface as a horizontal surface with an extra surcharge load applied to it (the load is equivalent to the weight of the soil that makes up the non-horizontal part of the surface) [chapter 24]. Thus in this example MSheet has assumed that the sheet piling was installed, after which a surcharge load was applied to a horizontal surface, at -1.5m, on the right hand side. The application of a non-horizontal surface will therefore cause some deformation in the sheet pile wall. To prevent this happening (eg when modeling a surface that was already non-horizontal before the sheet piling was installed) use the First stage represents initial situation option (see [ 20.1] and [chapter 30]).

TUTORIAL

61

Figure 4-5 Input Diagram window showing a non-horizontal surface 4.3.1 Input for vertical balance check The vertical balance check checks that the sum of the forces acting downwards on the sheet pile wall does not exceed the resistance of the soil at the toe of the wall. For more information, see [chapter 28]. In order to do this various parameters need to be input: 1. Open the Sheet Piling window from the Construction menu. 2. In the Vertical balance sub-window, enter the maximum point resistance, Maximum Point resistance (Pr;max;point), as 15 MPa and a Xi factor of 0.75 as prescribed in Table 4.4 of the CUR 166 procedure [Lit 5] (see also [ 19.2.2]). Additional information may be found in [ 19.2.2]. Note that some other parameters have appeared in the Sheet Piling window, as indicated in Figure 4-6. As the sheet pile type was selected from the library, these have been added automatically. For a user-defined sheet pile the values of these parameters would need to be input at this stage. 3. Click OK to close the window. NOTE: The maximum point resistance value used here is actually the maximum pile tip resistance as defined in the Dutch design codes [Lit 13]. It is derived from a combination of cone resistances. For more information see also [chapter 28].

62

MSHEET USER MANUAL

Figure 4-6 Sheet Piling Window showing additional parameters for the vertical balance check.

4.4

Calculation

The forces, moments and displacements for this project will need to be recalculated as the input has been changed. 1. Click Calculation and then choose Start.

Figure 4-7 Start Calculation window (using c, phi, delta - model) 2. Click OK to start the calculation. Earth pressure coefficient recalculation is left as Automatic since manual modification is only required in exceptional situations where the user wishes to specify earth pressure coefficients individually. [ 32.1.2]. 3. Close the Calculation Progress window when MSheet indicates that the calculation is finished. NOTE: If the c, phi, delta model is not selected then MSheet cannot perform the calculation and an error message will be displayed. If this occurs, simply change the model in the Model window to c, phi, delta and start the calculation again.

TUTORIAL

63

4.5

Results

4.5.1 Moment/Force/Displacement Charts To view the results of this calculation click on Moment/Force/Displacement Charts in the Results menu.

Figure 4-8 Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window It can be seen that the maximum moment in the sheet pile wall is around 110 kNm, which is well within the acceptable range for this section. These results can also be found in the report, so long as the appropriate content has been selected in the Report Selection window [ 21.1]. 4.5.2 Report Selection This window allows selection of the report content for viewing, exporting and printing, by marking the checkboxes in the tree view (Figure 4-9). 1. Click Results and then Report Selection to open the Report Selection window. 2. Click OK to generate a report with the selected content.

64

MSHEET USER MANUAL

Figure 4-9 Report Selection window 4.5.3 Report The total report contains full details of the input, a results overview, and graphical and tabular results. 1. To view the report with the selected content, click Results on the menu bar and then Report. Results can be found by looking in this report, or they can be displayed visually, as described in [ 3.8]. 2. Click File and choose Print Preview Report to preview the report as it will be printed. In the Print Preview window, click File and choose Save As to export the report to Rich Text Format (RTF) files. Files of this type can be used for further editing with a text editor. To check if the vertical force balance criteria have been met, ensure the Vertical force balance option has been selected in the tree view of the Report Selection window, opened from the Results menu. Then display the report by clicking on Results and then Report. Results are given for unplugged and plugged cases in the latter the soil in the concave parts of the sheet piling cross-section is considered as contributing to the cross-sectional area of the base of the sheet pile. Therefore looking at the results of the unplugged case is more conservative. It can be seen (Figure 4-10) that the sum of the vertical forces is around 10 kN, which is much less than the vertical force capacity of the soil at the toe of the sheet pile wall (around 190 kN). The report writes explicitly that the Vertical force capacity is sufficient for both the unplugged and plugged situation.

TUTORIAL

65

Figure 4-10 Report window showing vertical balance check results NOTE: If the vertical force capacity is not sufficient then modifications to the soil friction direction can be made, as described in [chapter 28].

4.6

Conclusion

This tutorial shows that the c, phi, delta method is generally preferable because it includes the influence of soil weight and gives a more detailed representation of the soil strength. This tutorial has also shown how to input the necessary parameters for, and access the results of, a vertical force balance check.

66

MSHEET USER MANUAL

5
5 Tutorial 3: Staged excavation with pre-stressed anchors

MSheet is based on the engineering practice of having a phased design, using more that one stage during construction. In the first two tutorial examples, only one phase was considered for simplicity, and the user could ignore the staged approach of MSheet. Staged calculations are necessary because the sheet piling must be stable in all phases during construction, and because the construction sequence influences the results of subsequent stages. The objectives of this exercise are: To analyze the construction of a sheet pile wall using more than one stage and to check that the sheet piling is stable in all phases of construction. To apply an anchor. To lower the water level on one side of the sheet pile wall. For this example, the following MSheet modules are needed: Base module (earth pressure coefficients)

68

MSHEET USER MANUAL

5.1

Introduction to the case

The same layer profile, sheet piling type and layer properties as the first tutorial example [chapter 4] are used. A pre-stressed anchor is added during one of the three stages of construction that are modeled. For the sake of simplicity, the earth pressure coefficients (Ka, Ko, Kp) model is used.
25.0 GL=0 -2.0 anchor level -1.5m -7.0
CLAY AZ 13 CLAY

2.0

-4.0 -6.0
PEAT

-13.0

SAND

-16.0

Figure 5-1 Final situation after excavation, installation of an anchor and lowering of the water level For this example the three stages of construction are as follows: Stage 1 (Initial stage), the soil surfaces on the left and the right hand sides of the sheet pile wall are at -2 m and 0 m respectively, and the water level is at -2 m. Stage 2 (Apply anchor), a row of anchors is installed with one anchor every 3 m, on the right hand side at -1.5 m. The properties of the anchors are laid out in Table 5-1, along with their conversion to values per running meter. Stage 3 (Excavate and lower water table), the soil on the left hand side is excavated to -7 m and the water level on that side is also lowered to -7 m.

TUTORIAL

69

pre-stress 80 kN/m' -2.0

stage 1

stage 2

-7.0

stage 3

Figure 5-2 Excavation stages shown separately

5.2

Surfaces

To model the staged excavation, one more surface level needs to be input for the left side of the sheet pile wall. 1. First, open the input file that was saved earlier under the name <Tutorial-1.shi>, and save it with the name <Tutorial 3.shi>. 2. Open the Surfaces window from the Soil menu. 3. Click the Insert button. 4. Change the name of this new surface into <GL -2> and enter the level as -2 m.

70

MSHEET USER MANUAL

Figure 5-3 Surfaces window

5.3

Water Levels

The two water levels that will be used in the different stages should be entered: 1. Open the Water Levels window in the Soil menu. 2. Add another water level as indicated in Figure 5-4 below.

Figure 5-4 Water Levels window

5.4

Anchors

The anchor that will be applied in the third stage needs to be entered. 1. Open the Anchors window from the Supports menu. 2. Specify the anchor parameters as given in the last column of Table 5-1. Anchor parameters should be entered per running meter.

TUTORIAL

71

Table 5-1 Anchor properties Property Value per anchor Youngs modulus 2.1 108 kN/m2 Cross section 12.0 10-4 m2 Wall height 2.0 m Length 25.0 m Angle 0 Yield force 720.0 kN

Value per meter acting width 2.1 108 kN/m2 4.0 10-4 m2/m 2.0 m 25.0 m 0 240.0 kN/m

Figure 5-5 Anchors window

5.5

Staged Construction

Although all the additional data has now been entered, it has yet to be connected to any construction stages. It is helpful to understand that MSheet uses building blocks to compose the input of its calculations. First, all buildings blocks are defined in the input dialogs. Then they are assembled to make the construction stages. 5.5.1 Stages Manager After the new water levels, surfaces and anchors have been defined, the construction stages can be specified. 1. Click Stages on the menu bar and choose Manager. 2. In the input window displayed, rename <New Stage> as <Initial stage>. 3. Add two more stages by using the Add button and name them <Apply anchor> and <Excavate and lower water level>.

72

MSHEET USER MANUAL

Figure 5-6 Stages Manager window When adding or inserting a construction stage, a copy is made of the current stage. This implies that we now have three equal stages. 5.5.2 Stages Overview The construction stages need to be assembled from the defined building blocks. 1. Click the Overview option in the Stages menu. The window displayed enables assembly of the construction stages from the building blocks that have been defined. 2. Select the Water levels and Surfaces as shown in Figure 5-7. 3. Select the anchor in the last two stages. 4. Enter a pre-stress force of 80 kN/m after selecting the <Anchor> in the Pretensioning forces sub-window. NOTE: Anchors should normally be applied as a separate stage. When anchors are combined with other loads, such as a change in excavation level, or change in water level the stiffness is active prior to applying the loads. NOTE: Anchor pre-stress forces need only be entered for the first stage that they are applied. For the first stage where an anchor is added, the anchor is modeled as a force applied to the wall, with no associated stiffness. For subsequent stages MSheet models the anchor as a spring. NOTE: The excavation and the lowering of the water table are implemented by changing the water level and the surface, not by changing the soil profile.

TUTORIAL

73

Figure 5-7 Stages Overview window

5.6

Calculation and Results

The input of the construction stages is now finished. The calculation can be started: 1. Click Start in the Calculation menu. The message Calculation finished in the Calculation Progress window indicates that the sheet piling is stable in all stages. If the wall was unstable in any stage then a message would indicate so at this point. 2. Inspect the moments, forces and displacements by opening the output window in the Result menu. To view a different stage either use the drop down list at the top of the window or use the Previous stage and Next stage arrows, , to move forward and backward through the stages. For example, in the second stage the applied anchor pre-stress force can be seen to be 80 kN as expected, as indicated in Figure 5-8. In the final stage it can be seen that the anchor force has risen to about 146 kN, as indicated in Figure 5-9.

74

MSHEET USER MANUAL

Figure 5-8 Moment/Force/Displacement Charts for the second stage

Figure 5-9 Moment/Force/Displacement Charts for the third stage

TUTORIAL

75

5.7

Conclusion

This third tutorial example analyzes the construction of a sheet pile wall using more than one stage and checks that the wall is stable in all phases of construction. It also shows how to apply a pre-stressed anchor and lower the water level on one side of the wall.

76

MSHEET USER MANUAL

6
6 Tutorial 4: Applying loads

The input of this example is based on the results of the tutorial example Tutorial 3: Staged excavation with pre-stressed anchors [chapter 5]. A final stage is added to model the effect of a traffic load along the edge of the retaining wall, and a force from boat moorings on a windy day. These are modeled as a surcharge load and a horizontal line load respectively, as indicated in Figure 6-1. The objectives of this exercise are: To learn how loads, such as surcharges and horizontal line loads, are modeled in MSheet; To note that when a surcharge load is applied, only the c, phi, delta method can be used. For this example, the following MSheet modules are needed: Base module (Earth pressure coefficients) C, phi, delta (Culmann) module

78

MSHEET USER MANUAL

6.1

Introduction to the case

The same layer profile, sheet piling type and layer properties as the third tutorial example are used. A fourth stage is added in which a traffic load of 20 kN/m2 and a horizontal load of 50 kN/m representing ships mooring are applied. See also Figure 6-1 for an overview. Open the input file <Tutorial-3.shi>, and save it with a new name: <Tutorial-4>.
25.0 2.0 2.0 kN/m2 GL=0 50 kN/m -2.0 anchor level -1.5m -4.0 -6.0 -7.0
CLAY AZ 13 PEAT CLAY

2.0

-13.0

SAND

-16.0

Figure 6-1 Surcharge load and horizontal line load in the last stage

6.2

Inputting Surcharge Loads and Horizontal Line Loads

In stage 4, a surcharge load will be applied, together with a horizontal line load applied to the top the sheet pile wall and directed to the left. Surcharge loads can only be analyzed if the c, phi, delta model is used, so in the Project menu select Model and select c, phi, delta soil parameters. To input the surcharge, modeling the traffic load: 1. Click Loads in the menu bar and then choose Surcharge Loads. 2. In the input window displayed, define a load with the name <Traffic load>, working from a distance 0 m to a distance 2 m from the sheet pile wall, with a magnitude of 20 kN/m2. 3. Click OK to confirm the input.

TUTORIAL

79

Figure 6-2 Surcharge Loads window NOTE: Surcharge loads which have the same value throughout and continue to a very long distance from the wall can be modeled using the Uniform Loads option. See [ 19.4.1] for more information. To input the horizontal line load, modeling the moorings: 1. Click Loads in the menu bar and then choose Horizontal Line Loads. 2. In the input window displayed, define a load with the name <Mooring force>, acting at a level of 0 m and with a magnitude of -50 kN/m. 3. Click OK to confirm the input.

Figure 6-3 Horizontal Line Loads window

80

MSHEET USER MANUAL

6.3

Using Surcharge Loads

Now that the loads have been defined, they can be introduced in a new stage. 1. Open the Stages Manager and select the last stage. 2. Click the Add button to add a stage, that is copied from the selected stage and change the name to <Loads applied>. 3. Open the Stages Overview window and select <Traffic load> acting on the right hand side and <Mooring force> in the last stage. Apply all other levels, supports and so on as in the fourth stage.

Figure 6-4 Stages Overview window showing input for the fourth stage A new calculation can now be made. 1. Click Calculation and then choose Start. 2. Close the Calculation Progress window when finished. NOTE: If the c, phi, delta model is not selected then MSheet cannot perform the calculation and an error message will be displayed. If this occurs, simply change the model in the Model window to c, phi, delta and start the calculation again.

TUTORIAL

81

6.4

Results
Open the Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window from the Results menu for a graphical overview of the effect of applying the loads in the final stage.

It can be seen that the displacement at the top is around zero, while the maximum displacements are around 100 mm, the magnitude of the bending moments is slightly reduced, the shear force has increased and the anchor force is now around 190 kN/m.

Figure 6-5 Moment/Force/Displacement Charts showing the effect the applied loads

6.5

Conclusion

This tutorial shows how to input a surcharge load and a horizontal line load. When a surcharge load is applied, only the c, phi, delta - model (Culmann) can be used.

82

MSHEET USER MANUAL

TUTORIAL

83

7 Tutorial 5: Design of required sheet piling length

In the previous tutorial examples, the sheet piling length was assumed to be 16 m, and the calculations showed that the sheet piling was stable. The design met the basic requirements. In practice, the engineer is not only interested in stability and other technical requirements such as allowable forces, moments and displacements, but also in the cost of the design. A shorter length sheet piling will cost less, therefore the engineer may wish to know the shortest length of the sheet piling for which the design is still stable. The objective of this exercise is: To use MSheet to find the shortest sheet piling length for which the design is still stable. For this example, the following MSheet modules are needed: Base module (earth pressure coefficients)

84

MSHEET USER MANUAL

7.1

Introduction to the case

The input file of Tutorial 1 is used to design the sheet piling length. Open <Tutorial-1.shi> and save it under the name <Tutorial-5>.
GL=0 -2.0 -4.0 -6.0 -7.0
CLAY AZ 13 PEAT CLAY

CLAY

-13.0

SAND

-16.0

Figure 7-1 - Single stage excavation as in tutorial 1

7.2

Design Sheet Piling Length

To determine the shortest length for the sheet piling: 1. Click Calculation and then choose Design Sheet Piling Length. 2. In the window displayed, specify a step-by-step reduction from 18 m to 8 m, using a decrement of 1 m, as indicated in Figure 7-2. This will cause the sheet pile wall to be successively analyzed for sheet piling lengths between these values, reducing by the decrement each time.

Figure 7-2 Design sheet Pile Length window 3. Click Start to start the calculation.

TUTORIAL

85

The following results will be displayed:

Figure 7-3 Design Sheet Piling Length window, design calculation results Instability occurs at a length of 11 m. As decrements of 1.0 m were used, it can be concluded that the sheet piling needs to be at least 12 m long. The calculation can be repeated for shorter decrements, over a smaller range, for further optimization. Once the length is optimized a calculation needs to be performed using the optimized length. This will provide the additional output information. To change the sheet piling length to this more economical value of 12 m: 1. Open the Sheet Piling window from the Construction menu 2. Change the Section bottom level to 12 m. 3. Select Start under Calculation. Once the calculation is complete the results can be viewed by opening the Report, as shown in Figure 7-4. It can be seen that the maximum mobilized resistance [ 20.4] is around 63 % and therefore the design is indeed stable.

86

MSHEET USER MANUAL

Figure 7-4 Output report showing the mobilized resistance NOTE: MSheet defines instability as occurring when either 100 % of the resistance has been mobilized or when the maximum displacement exceeds 25 % of the sheet piling length. For more information, see [ 20.4].

7.3

Conclusion

MSheet can be used to analyze a range of sheet piling lengths to determine the shortest length for which the wall will still be stable. This length can then be input by the user if desired.

8 5
8 Tutorial 6: Submerged Construction of Concrete Floor

This tutorial example shows how to use MSheet to model a piled concrete floor which is constructed underwater, with the excavation subsequently being dried above the level of the floor. The presence of an impermeable layer of concrete on one side of the wall, at a level lower than the natural water table, requires some careful modeling in order to represent the situation correctly. The objective of this exercise is: To model the effect of a concrete floor positioned below the natural water level. For this example, the following MSheet modules are needed: Base module (earth pressure coefficients) C, phi, delta (Culmann) module

88

MSHEET USER MANUAL

8.1

Introduction to the case

This tutorial example involves a pit excavation with an anchored sheet pile wall and an underwater concrete floor. The floor is supported by tension piles to prevent uplift after the pit is pumped dry for use as an underground car park.
15.0 -4.5 -6.0 anchor level -5.5m -4.0

TOP SAND

CLAY

-10.0
PU 6
CONCRETE

-11.0

SAND

-16.0

Figure 8-1 Final situation after construction Construction is to be carried out in 5 stages: Stage 1: Excavation of the left hand surface from -4 m to -6 m. Stage 2: Installation of an anchor on the right hand side at -5.5 m, with a prestress force of 200 kN/m. Stage 3: Excavation on the left hand side to -11 m. Stage 4: Submerged construction of 1 m of concrete on the bottom of the pit. Stage 5: De-watering of the pit by reducing the water level to -11 m.

TUTORIAL

89

-4.5

Initial stage (not modeled)

Stage 1

pre-stress 200 kN/m'

-11.0

Stage 2

Stage 3

-10.0

-11.0

Stage 4

Stage 5

Figure 8-2 Overview of the construction stages

90

MSHEET USER MANUAL

8.2

Modeling an underwater concrete floor

The first point of attention is the water pressures acting on the bottom of the concrete floor in the final stage. As the sand layer beneath the concrete floor is permeable, pore pressures left and right need to be equal, once the pit is pumped dry. MSheet allows for the input of a water level left and right of the retaining structure. As the excavation is made dry in the final stage, a water level equal to the bottom of the concrete floor is entered (See A in Figure 8-3). Using the option to enter an additional pore pressure profile, the total water pressures left and right are made equal (See B, Figure 8-4). The magnitude of the additional pore pressure that needs to be applied is (11 - 4.5) 10 = 65 kN/m.

Forces from tension piles

Water pressure

Figure 8-3 Modeling concrete below the natural water level Secondly, the effect of the tension piles underneath the floor, preventing the floor from uplift in the final stage needs modeling. The difference in water level heights on each side of the wall results in an upthrust acting on the base of the concrete floor. This upthrust is countered by the pull of the floors tension piles. Note that the weight of the concrete is not taken into account as it is assumed to be born by the piles and therefore will not act on the soil layers directly below the concrete. In this example, the water level is at -4.5 m on the right hand side, and at -11 m on the left hand side, ie touching the bottom of the impermeable concrete floor. Therefore the magnitude of this load that needs to be applied is (11 - 4.5) 10 = 65 kN/m. For background information on this topic, see [ 32.3].

TUTORIAL

91

8.3

General input

The following steps permit the definition of the model, the sheet piling, the soil surfaces and the water levels for this tutorial: 1. Create a new project by clicking New Project in the File menu. 2. Open the Model window from the Project menu. 3. Select Sheet piling as the Model and select Mixed since the c, phi, delta method allows greater precision for the soil layer stiffness modeling, but the concrete is simplest to model using Ka, Ko, Kp and therefore different methods will be applied to different materials. 4. Deselect the Check vertical balance and the CUR verification options as they are not used in this example. 5. Open the Sheet Piling window from the Construction menu and enter an Arbeds PU6 sheet piling (click on the button and select the PU6 profile from the library) with a top level of -4 m and a bottom level of -16 m, i.e. a length of 12 m. 6. Open the Surfaces window from the Soil menu and define surfaces with the following levels: Table 8-1 Soil surfaces Surface name Level -4 - 4.0 m -6 - 6.0 m - 10 - 10.0 m - 11 - 11.0 m 8.3.1 Soil Layers The concrete is modeled as an extra soil layer. The Youngs modulus of the concrete is E = 20 GPa and the width of the (symmetrical) pit excavation is b = 40 m. The modulus of subgrade reaction of the concrete layer can be calculated from this data in the following way:
k= E 20 109 = = 1 106 kN / m3 b /2 40 / 2

(1)

The unit weight of the concrete is not zero, but it is modeled here as almost zero because it is assumed that the floors weight is transmitted to the support piles and therefore does not act on the soil directly below the floor. Phi and delta are modeled as zero to better represent the homogeneous, as opposed to granular, nature of concrete when compared to soil. The value for the cohesion is taken as half the compressive strength of the concrete, so that with Kp = 1 the passive stress is equal to the concretes compressive stress see equation ( 22 ).

92

MSHEET USER MANUAL

1. Open the Layers window from the Soil menu, and select Tangent modulus of subgrade reaction, with 1 curve for spring characteristics in the window opened by clicking on the Curve Settings button. 2. For concrete select Manual to input the Earth pressure coefficients. The behavior of concrete is well modeled using, use Ka = Ko = 0 and Kp = 1, provided the cohesion has been defined as described above. 3. For the other soil layers select Kotter (curved slip surfaces) for automatic calculation of the earth pressure coefficients using Kotters method (the MullerBreslau method should not be used because the sands have high friction angles; for the clay either method could be used, using Kotter for all layers has been chosen for consistency). When using the Culmann method, the input of the earth pressure coefficients will be ignored, but these coefficients are needed for when the Ka, Ko, Kp method is selected, as will be the case for the left hand side once the concrete is in place. Then define the sands, clay and concrete as described in Table 8-2. Table 8-2 Soil properties Unsaturated total unit weight Saturated total unit weight (Drained) Cohesion Friction angle Delta Friction angle Mod. Subgr. Reaction at top Mod. Subgr. Reaction at bottom Earth pressure Coefficients 8.3.2 Soil Profiles In this exercise three soil profiles need to be specified. One profile that represents the situation up to the point where the concrete floor in constructed. The second profile is used on the left hand side, including the concrete floor. The second profile needs to be active when the floor is being constructed. A third profile is used to model the water pressure acting on the concrete floor, using additional pore pressures. The third profile needs to be active once the pit is pumped dry. Open the Soil Profiles window of the Soils menu and define 3 soil profiles. Input the soil profiles left and right as indicated in Figure 8-4, Figure 8-5 and Figure 8-6. [kN/m] [kN/m] [kN/m] [deg] [deg] [kN/m] [kN/m] [-] Top Sand 17 20 0 30 20 5000 5000 Kotter Clay 15 15 2 20 10 500 800 Kotter Sand 17 20 0 35 23 10000 10000 Kotter Concrete 0.01 0.01 15000 0 0 1 x106 1 x106 Manual

TUTORIAL

93

Figure 8-4 Soil profile before construction

Figure 8-5 Second soil profile with concrete floor on left side

Figure 8-6 Third soil profile with additional pore pressures

94

MSHEET USER MANUAL

8.3.3 Water Levels Open the Water Levels window of the Soil menu, and define 2 water levels with names <WL-4.5> and <WL-11> at levels -4.5 m and -11 m respectively. The level <WL-11> is the water level for the left hand side once the excavation has been dewatered.

8.3.4 Uniform Loads In the Uniform Loads window of the Loads menu, add a load with the name <Forces from Piles> and with a magnitude of 65 kN/m2 on the left hand side. The right hand side should remain at 0 kN/m2.

Figure 8-7 Uniform Loads window NOTE: The sum of the weight of the concrete floor and the forces of the piles connected to the floor equals the excess pore water pressure: there must be equilibrium at the base of the floor. 8.3.5 Anchors Select Anchors from the Supports window and input a 15.0 m long anchor on the right side named <Anchor>, at level -5.5 m, with a Youngs modulus of E = 2.1 108 kN/m2, a cross-section of 8 10-4 m2/m, zero wall height and zero inclination angle, and a yield force of 600 kN/m.

8.4

Stages implementation

The construction stages now have to be assembled from the defined building blocks. 1. Open the Stages Manager window of the Stages menu, and define 5 stages with the names <Excavate to -6>, <Anchor on right side>, <Excavate to -11>, <Construct floor under water> and <Dewater left side>. 2. Click the Overview option in the Stages menu.

TUTORIAL

95

3. For all stages the c, , method is selected except for stages 4 and 5, where the Ka, K0, Kp method is used on the side of the concrete i.e. on the left side. 4. Select the Water levels, Surfaces and Soil profiles as shown in Figure 8-8. 5. Select the anchor from stages 2. For stage 2, enter a pre-stress force of 200 kN/m2 after selecting pre-stressed anchor checkbox in the Pre-tensioning forces subwindow. 6. Select the Uniform load <Forces from Piles> for the final stage.

Figure 8-8 Stages Overview window

8.5

Calculation and results

1. Start the Calculation, saving the file under the name <Tutorial-6>. 2. After calculation is complete, open the Stress State Charts window from the Results menu. The Resulting Stress chart for stage 5 shows that the concrete layer exercises a compressive shear force on the sheet piling in this stage. In addition, it can be seen that the pore water pressure below the level of the floor is the same on both sides of the sheet pile wall, as expected.

96

MSHEET USER MANUAL

Figure 8-9 Stress State Charts showing compression caused by the concrete floor

8.6

Conclusion

Concrete floors that are below the natural water table can be modeled as a soil layer with relevant properties. The effects caused by the absence of water above the impermeable floor are modeled by a uniform load acting on the floor, and a water table with additional pore pressures below the floor. It should be noted that in this tutorial the anchor is applied under water, which is not very realistic. It would me more appropriate to first lower the water table to a level that allows for construction of the anchor. In that case, modeling the water pressures in the sand and clay layers would need extra attention. As the short term behavior of the clay layer can be assumed impermeable this needs similar attention as for the modeling of the concrete floor.

9
9 Tutorial 7: Design code checking (CUR 166, Method I)

In this tutorial, the application of the CUR 166 design procedure [Lit 5] is followed, using slightly modified input values compared to Tutorial 3 Tutorial 3: Staged excavation with pre-stressed anchors that was presented in the preceding sections. A design of the sheet pile length is performed according to the CUR 166 design procedure by prescribing partial factors on soil properties and also variations of the soil and water levels. See The CUR 166 step-by-step design procedure [chapter 29] for background information. The objectives of this exercise are: To select the modulus of subgrade reaction from Table 3.3 of the CUR 166 design code. To design the sheet piling length according to the CUR 166 design code by performing a standard verification of the sheet piling stability for different lengths, using partial factors and level variations for all stages. For this example, the following MSheet modules are needed: Base module (Earth pressure coefficients) C, phi, delta (Culmann) model module CUR verification module

9.1

Introduction to the case

The geometry and the stages are the same as for Tutorial 3 (Figure 9-1) except for the soil and anchor properties, which are slightly modified. Also the method for determining the earth pressure coefficients is to be changed to the Culmann method (c, phi, delta model) as the CUR 166 design procedure is available only with this model.

98

MSHEET USER MANUAL

25.0 GL=0 -2.0 anchor level -1.5m -7.0

CLAY AZ 13 CLAY

2.0

-4.0 -6.0
PEAT

-13.0

SAND

-16.0

Figure 9-1 Final stage of construction The CUR 166 design procedure distinguishes three safety classes, corresponding to three different reliability indices . In this tutorial, the selected safety class is class II, which corresponds to considerable damage in the case of overall failure and minor personal safety risks, and has a reliability index = 3.4. The design of the sheet pile wall with a single anchor is performed by determining the minimum length of the sheet piling using a stability analysis. For different lengths, MSheet checks that the mobilized resistance does not reach 100 % and that the maximum displacement does not exceed 25 % of the sheet pile length. During each analysis with a given sheet pile length, five combinations (referred as steps 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4 and 6.5) of modified soil properties, surface levels and water levels are checked. See [ 29.3] for a description of those five combinations and the design values used, as well as the other steps supported by MSheet. The CUR 166 procedure allows application of partial factors and level variations during all stages (Method I - used in this tutorial) or just the most unfavorable stage (Method II). Method I is more conservative [ 29.2]. User-defined partial factors and level changes can also be applied, once they have been defined in the Default Partial Factors window [ 19.1.2]. NOTE: When performing a CUR verification for Safety Class III a partial factor of 1.25 also needs to be applied to unfavorable uniform loads (see [ 29.3]). For all other cases the partial factor is 1.00. As MSheet cannot tell which loads are favorable and which are unfavorable, the user themselves needs to specify the partial factor to be applied to each uniform load in the Uniform Loads window [ 19.4.1].

TUTORIAL

99

9.2

Modify Model

First modify the method for the determination of the earth pressure coefficients. 1. Open the input file <Tutorial-3.shi>, and save it with name <Tutorial-7>. 2. Open the Model window from the Project menu, and select the C, phi, delta soil parameters model and CUR verification. Confirm this choice. Next, modify the general properties and the modulus of subgrade reaction of the three soil layers by direct selection from CUR 166 table 3.3. 3. Select the Layers option from the Soil menu. 4. Open the Curve Settings window by clicking the Curve Settings button. 5. Select the Secant (CUR 166) option and click OK to confirm. 6. Click the Select From Table 3.3 button to display the CUR 166 (Table 3.3) window (Figure 9-2). 7. Select the values of successively Clay moderate, Peat moderate and Sand moderate for the soil types <Clay>, <Peat> and <Sand>.

Figure 9-2 CUR 166 (Table 3.3) window

Figure 9-3 Soil Layers window

100

MSHEET USER MANUAL

9.3

Determine the minimum length (Steps 5 and 6 of the CUR 166 design procedure)

The following steps determine the minimum sheet pile length according to the CUR 166 design procedure. All stages are checked implicitly for method I, with level variations and partial factors applied for all stages. 1. Select Design Sheet Piling Length in the Calculation menu. 2. In the window displayed, select the last Construction stage <3: Excavate and lower water level>, to check all stages up to and including the final stage. 3. Select the Partial factor set (safety class) <II>. 4. Select Partial factors (design values) in all stages (method I) from the CUR method box. 5. Specify checks for the Pile Length ranging From 20 m Downto 12 m with a Decrement of 1 m. 6. Click the Start button. The results (Figure 9-4) show that for a length of 13 m the sheet piling becomes unstable as the mobilized resistance reaches 100 %. Therefore, the minimum length is approximately 14 m.

Figure 9-4 Design Sheet Piling Length window NOTE: MSheet assumes input of low representative values for soil strength and stiffness when applying partial factors [ 29.1].

TUTORIAL

101

7. Check that the last stage is indeed the most critical by repeating the above steps, selecting each of the other stages. Note that the sheet piling does indeed become unstable in the final stage earlier than in the others. To get a more accurate result of when the piling becomes unstable, the Pile length inputs at the top of the window must be adapted. 1. Select the final stage as this is the most critical, enter a pile length From <14 m> Downto <13 m> with a Decrement of <0.25 m> and click Start again. The results (Figure 9-5) show that the minimum stable length is approximately 13.25 m. It seems acceptable to reduce the sheet piling length from 16 m to 13.5 m, whilst still leaving a good safety margin. 2. In the Sheet Piling window from the Construction menu, change the Section bottom level from <-16 m> to <-13.5 m>.

Figure 9-5 Design Sheet Piling Length window See [ 20.4] for more details on designing sheet piling lengths.

102

MSHEET USER MANUAL

9.4

Verify the modified sheet piling length (Steps 9, 9.7, 10, 11.1 and 11.3 of the CUR 166 design procedure)

The sheet piling design calculation just performed [ 9.3] does not provide a lot of results about the moments, shear forces and displacements of the wall, or about which combination between steps 6.1 to 6.5 gives the most unfavorable results. It does not check all combinations required according to CUR 166. To get all of this information, a Verify Sheet Piling calculation must be performed for the modified length of 13.5 m. 9.4.1 Verification calculation 1. Select Verify Sheet Piling in the Calculation menu. 2. In the window displayed, select Partial Factors (design values) in all stages (method I) in the CUR method sub-window, as partial factors are applied to all construction stages for a Method I check. 3. Select the safety class <II> and leave the Anchor stiffness multiplication factor as its default value of 1. 4. Mark the Check stability for all stages checkbox to check the overall stability of this project according to step 11.3 of the CUR 166 design procedure. 5. Then click the Start button.

Figure 9-6 Verify Sheet Piling window See [ 20.5] for more details on verifying sheet piling.

TUTORIAL

103

9.4.2 Verification Report To view the results of the verification, choose Verification Report in the Results menu.

Figure 9-7 Verification report window, Summary section In the Summary section at the beginning of the Verification Report, it can be seen that the results for step 6.3 are the same as those of Figure 9-4 for a sheet pile length of 13.5 m. (The Design Sheet Piling Length option only checks for step 6.3 as it is intended as a rough guide rather than a full verification.) In other words, the maximum moment is -515 kNm, the maximum mobilized moment is 85 % and the maximum mobilized resistance is 87 %. As the maximum displacement is given only for step 6.5 in the Summary section, no direct comparison is possible with the value of -189 mm found from Figure 9-5. The displacements diagram must be used. Open the Verification Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window from the Results menu.

In the window displayed (Figure 9-8), note that the maximum displacement occurs when selecting the last construction stage and <Step 6.3> at the top of the window. The maximum displacement is now greater than -189 mm, the value obtained from the Design Sheet Piling Length in Figure 9-5 for a sheet pile length of 13.5 m. This is due to the exaggeration of unfavorable conditions in previous stages, caused by applying the partial factor set to all stages. The Overall Stability section (Figure 9-9) of the Verification Report estimates the overall stability for the verified stage using the Bishop method with circular slip planes. See [chapter 27] for background information. As the stability factor is more than 1 for all stages, the wall will be stable according to the Bishop method.

104

MSHEET USER MANUAL

Figure 9-8 Verification Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window

Figure 9-9 Verification report window, Overall stability, shown for the final stage NOTE: The Overall Stability can also be determined using the Overall Stability window from the Calculation menu by selecting the appropriate safety class and stage.

TUTORIAL

105

The verification report also contains the modified values of the soil parameters and levels. See [ 21.3] and [ 21.5] for more details on the verification report and charts.

9.5

Conclusion

The Design Sheet Piling Length option allows the minimum stable length for the sheet piling to be found, using a global check according to CUR 166. After inputting this new length, a complete verification can be performed with the Verify Sheet Piling option giving more final results. CUR Method I applies the same partial factor set to all construction stages.

106

MSHEET USER MANUAL

10
10 Tutorial 8: Design code checking (CUR 166, Method II)

In the previous tutorial [chapter 9], a Method I design according to the CUR 166 procedure was performed, which means that partial factors and level variations were applied to all stages. To perform a Method II design, these partial factors need to be applied only to the most unfavorable stage. The Verify Sheet Piling calculation is used in place of the Design Sheet Piling Length option as it is more comprehensive, and CUR specific. The objective of this exercise is: To perform a Method II verification of sheet piling stability, according to the CUR 166 design code, by applying partial factors and level variations to the most adverse stage only. For this example, the following MSheet modules are needed: Base module (earth pressure coefficients) C, phi, delta (Culmann) model module CUR verification module.

108

MSHEET USER MANUAL

10.1 Introduction to the case

The same input file as Tutorial 7 is used, but a different verification calculation will be performed. The project is illustrated in Figure 10-1 below:
pre-stress 80 kN/m' -2.0

stage 1

stage 2

-7.0

stage 3

Figure 10-1 Three stages of excavation, with installation of an anchor and lowering of the water level The design of this sheet pile wall with a single anchor is performed by applying partial factors on soil properties and level variations on the surface and water levels for the final stage, as this stage is the most adverse.

10.2 Verification of the sheet piling, Method II

1. Open the MSheet input file <Tutorial-7.shi> and save it as <Tutorial-8.shi>. 2. From the Calculation menu, select Verify Sheet Piling. 3. In the window displayed, select Partial Factors (design values) in verified stage only in the CUR method sub-window as design values according to the CUR 166 procedure are applied to only one stage for a Method II check.

TUTORIAL

109

4. Mark the fourth checkbox to select stage 3 <Excavate and lower water level> as a stage for which verification is to be performed. Then select the safety class <II> for this stage and leave the Anchor stiffness multiplication factor as its default value of 1. 5. Mark the Check stability for all verified stages checkbox to check the overall stability of this stage of the project according to step 11.3 of the CUR 166 design procedure. 6. Then click the Start button.

Figure 10-2 Verify Sheet Piling window See [ 20.5] for more details on verify sheet piling calculations. NOTE: Method II applies partial factors and level changes only to the final stage. Therefore, theoretically, every stage must be verified as the final stage, using the appropriate safety class. The stages to be verified as a final stage are selected in the Verify Sheet Piling window. To perform a complete method II verification for a construction with n stages involves n! calculations. For this tutorial it has been decided to only check the final stage. We therefore cannot conclude anything about the performance of the previous construction stages. [ 29.2] gives more information about the differences between method I and method II.

110

MSHEET USER MANUAL

10.3 Verification Report

To view the results, select Verification Report in the Results menu.

Figure 10-3 Verification Report window, Summary section After comparison with the results of the previous tutorial where the partial factors were applied to all stages (Figure 9-7), some differences appear on the calculated values of stage 3. For instance, the moment for step 9.1 in stage 3 is -525 kNm using Method II, but -515 kNm using Method I. However, as those differences are quite small, it can be deduced that the influence of the differences in the two first stages on the last stage is minimal in this tutorial case.

10.4 Conclusion
Applying partial factors on the representative input values in all stages will give different results to when applying them only in one of the stages. The CUR 166 design procedure allows both methods. Applying partial factors to the final stage only (Method II) can result in a more economical design, but requires verification of each stage as the final stage.

11
11 Tutorial 9: Verify anchor stability (Kranz method)

This example illustrates how to check the stability of an anchor wall. For background information, see "Allowable anchor force" [chapter 26]. The objectives of this exercise are: To check the stability of an anchor applied to a sheet pile wall. To learn how to increase the allowable force for an anchor. For this example, the following MSheet modules are needed: Base module (earth pressure coefficients) C, phi, delta (Culmann) model module CUR verification model

112

MSHEET USER MANUAL

11.1 Introduction to the case

The same input file as Tutorial 3 is used. The anchor plate/wall stability is only checked for the last stage as it is the most unfavorable stage for which the anchor is present. The geometry of this situation is shown in below.
25.0 GL=0 -2.0 anchor level -1.5m -7.0
CLAY AZ 13 CLAY

2.0

-4.0 -6.0
PEAT

-13.0

SAND

-16.0

Figure 11-1 Excavation showing anchor to be checked Open the input file <Tutorial-3.shi>, and save it with a new name: <Tutorial-9.shi>.

11.2 Allowable anchor force

The verification of the anchor stability is performed using the Allowable Anchor Force option in the Calculation menu. However, this option is available only if the CUR verification option in the Model window is selected. 1. Open the Model window from the Project menu. 2. In the window displayed, select the c, phi, delta model to make the option CUR verification available, and select it. 3. Click OK to close the window. A Confirm window appears. Click OK to confirm this choice. 4. In the Calculation menu, select Allowable Anchor Force to check if the stability of the anchor is reached. 5. Select the last stage in the Construction stage sub-window and click the Start button.

TUTORIAL

113

Figure 11-2 Allowable Anchor Force window According to the results (Figure 11-2), the actual anchor force is 135 kN whereas the allowable anchor force is 196 kN. Therefore, the anchor wall is stable. There are different ways to increase the allowable anchor force in case of unstable anchors: inclining the anchor downwards, increasing the sheet piling length, increasing the anchor length, or lowering the application point of the anchor. To decrease the actual anchor force, the anchor properties must be modified, or the spacing between anchors can be reduced this will correspond to an increase in the cross sectional area per running meter (/m). Click the Draw Results button. The window displayed (Figure 11-3) shows the active and passive slip surfaces on the anchor wall. For more details on the passive and active anchor wall pressures calculation, see [chapter 26].

114

MSHEET USER MANUAL

Figure 11-3 Allowable Anchor Force Results window

11.3 Conclusion
MSheet can calculate the allowable force in an anchor making it possible for the user to compare this value to the actual force in the anchor. To increase the allowable anchor force the sheet piling length can be increased, the anchor can be inclined, it can be made longer or it can be applied lower down the wall.

12
12 Tutorial 10: Modelling of combi-walls

This example illustrates the analysis of a combined wall with a variable flexural stiffness. For background information, see Combination with piles [ 32.1]. The objectives of this exercise are: To enter a combined pile and sheet piling wall using MSheets combined wall wizard. To make the necessary corrections to the earth pressure coefficients to compensate for arching of the piles below the depth of the sheet piling. For this example, the following MSheet modules are needed: Base module (earth pressure coefficients) C, phi, delta (Culmann) model, optional for second part of the exercise

116

MSHEET USER MANUAL

12.1 Introduction to the case

This example models a single stage excavation with a combined wall consisting of King piles connected along the upper part by sheet piling, as show in Figure 12-1. It follows that the flexural stiffness of the upper and lower parts is different. The soil profile consists of two clay layers of thickness 5 m and 1 m respectively, with a sand layer below. The layer properties are provided in Table 12-1.
GL=0 -1.0

CLAY

HZ775C-12+PU-12

-5.0
DEEP CLAY

-6.0

DEEP CLAY

SAND SAND HZ775C-12

-10.0

Figure 12-1 One stage excavation with a combined wall The center-to-center distance between the piles is 2.33 m. The King pile is an H-profile, by Arbed, type HZ775C-12, has a diameter of 0.53 m, a wall thickness of 10 mm and a flexural stiffness of 847035 kNm2. The sheet piling between each pair of piles consist of three sheet piling sections, type PU 12, each part having a width a 0.6 m and a flexural stiffness of 45360 kNm2/m. The length of the piles is 10 m and the length of the sheet piling is 5 m.

TUTORIAL

117

Plan view

2,33m

sheet piling (EI=54360 kN/m2)

RL 0m

clay RL -5m deep clay RL -6m 5m sand RL -10m 0,53m

0,6m

Pile (EI=847035 kN/m2)

Figure 12-2 Combined wall example: dimensions and soil profile One section of the combined wall, consisting of one pile and three sheet-piling parts, will be considered for calculation purposes. Output of discrete moments and forces is required for this section. The calculation of the action width and the flexural stiffness per running meter can be performed conveniently, by using the combined wall wizard [ 19.2.3]. Table 12-1 Soil properties Unsaturated total unit weight Saturated total unit weight (Drained) Cohesion Friction angle Delta friction angle Mod. Subgrade Reaction: Virgin Loading [kN/m] [kN/m] [kN/m] [deg] [deg] [kN/m] Clay 14 14 2 20 10 800 Deep Clay 14 14 5 20 10 1600 Sand 17 20 0 30 20 25000

12.2 General input

The following steps permit the definition of the soil layers, surfaces, profiles and water levels for this tutorial: 1. Create a new project by clicking New Project in the File menu, and save it with the name <Tutorial-10.shi>. 2. Open the Model window from the Project menu and select Ka, Ko, Kp soil parameters, deselect the Check vertical balance and the CUR verification options as they are not used in this example.

118

MSHEET USER MANUAL

12.3 Combined Wall

Now the combined wall shown in Figure 12-2 can be modeled. 1. Open the Sheet Piling window from the Construction menu and click the Combined Wall button. 2. In the window displayed, select the appropriate pile and sheet pile types that will be used in the wall by clicking the button: for the Piles, select the <HZ775C-12> type and for the Sheet pile select the <PU 12> type. The Name and the Stiffness EI are automatically filled in. Enter the Number of sheet piles between each pair of piles as 3. For the other values, see Figure 12-3 below or refer to Figure 12-2.

Figure 12-3 Design Combined Wall window 3. Click OK to confirm the input. As a result, the acting width, flexural stiffness and bottom levels of the combined wall are automatically calculated by MSheet in the Sheet Piling window, as shown in Figure 12-4 below.

Figure 12-4 Sheet Piling window

TUTORIAL

119

These calculated values have been checked in the Verification Section, see [ 33.21]. The combination wall calculation process is also explained in [ 32.1].

12.4 Modified soil reaction along pile

12.4.1 Using the Ka, Ko, Kp - model The amount of soil that will react if pile displacement occurs is usually larger than the pile width as a result of arching [ 32.1.2]. Therefore the soil properties along the lower part of the combined wall must be modified, using equations ( 36 ) to ( 39 ). The applied shell factor s is 2 for clay and 2.5 for sand. These values are examples; in a real case they must be obtained from tests or calculations. For more information, see [ 32.1.2]. A shell factor of 1 is applied for soils in contact with the sheet piling as the sheet piling prevents arching from taking place. The unmodified values per unit area are obtained by first using the MSheet calculation formula by Muller-Breslau (straight slip surfaces) [ 19.3.2]. Table 12-2 Earth pressure coefficients according to Muller-Breslau and modulus of subgrade reaction followed by earth pressure coefficients and modulus of subgrade reaction modified for the effect of arching. Clay Deep Clay Sand Earth pressure coefficients Ka 0.44 0.44 0.28 according to Muller-Breslau K0 0.66 0.66 0.50 Kp 2.60 2.60 5.74 Modulus of subgrade reaction: k 800 1600 25000 virgin loading [kN/m] Shell factor s 1 2 2.5 Modified earth pressure coefficients Ka* = Ka / s 0.44 0.22 0.11 using the shell factor K0* = K0 0.66 0.66 0.50 Kp* =Kp s 2.60 5.20 14.35 Modified modulus of subgrade k* = sk 800 3200 62 500 reaction: virgin loading [kN/m] 1. Open the Surfaces window from the Soil menu and define two surfaces with names <Left> and <Right> with levels 0 m and -5 m respectively. 2. Open the Layers window from the Soil menu, and define the soils using the parameters given in Table 12-1, using the Muller-Breslau (straight slip surfaces) method for an automatic calculation of the Earth pressure coefficients by MSheet. Select Tangent with 1 as the Number of curves for spring characteristics in the Curve Settings window to allow input of the modulus of subgrade reaction as given in Table 12-2. 3. In the Soil Layers window, select the Manual calculation of Earth pressure coefficients for <Deep Clay> and <Sand> and enter the modified values according to Table 12-2.

120

MSHEET USER MANUAL

4. Open the Profiles window from the Soil menu and define the soil profile shown in Figure 12-1, with the top levels of <Clay>, <Deep Clay> and <Sand> at 0 m, -5 m and -6 m respectively. 5. Open the Water Levels window of the Soil menu, and define a water level named <WL> at -1 m. 6. Open the Stages Overview window of the Stages menu to define the left and right surfaces. 7. In the Start Calculation window, click OK to calculate the results. 12.4.2 Results using the Ka, Ko, Kp - model The calculation results can be found in the report. 1. Start the calculation by selecting Start in the Calculation menu and clicking OK. When the calculation is complete close the Calculation Progress window. 2. In the Results menu, click Report.

Figure 12-5 Report window, Sheet Piling Properties section In the first section Input data of the report, the input data can be found. The stiffness EI of the upper and lower sections is given in kNm2. This value corresponds to the stiffness per running meter calculated in [ 12.3], multiplied by the acting width: Upper section: EI = 3.9858 105 2.33 = 9.2869 105 kNm2 Lower section: EI = 1.5982 106 0.53 = 8.4705 105 kNm2 NOTE: The stiffness is presented as discrete bending stiffness per working width and not per meter!

TUTORIAL

121

The resulting moments and forces apply to one full section of the wall, consisting of one pile and three sheet-piling parts. The maximum moment acting on the upper 5 m can be seen by opening the Moment/Force/Displacement Charts from the Results menu and right clicking over the moment graph to select the Chart Data. Scrolling down to a Depth of 5m shows that the maximum moment in this part is 120 kNm at the level of -5 m. The maximum moment acting on the lower 5 m is 212 kNm. The pile therefore has to be able to resist 212 kNm. If the maximum is reached in the upper part, it is common practice to assume that this maximum moment acts on the pile only. The dimensioning of the sheet piling is usually based on the transmission of moments in the horizontal direction, and is therefore outside the scope of this example.

Figure 12-6 Moment/Force/Displacement Chart for combined wall using Ka, Ko and Kp with shell factors 12.4.3 Using the c, phi, delta model (Culmann) As an alternative to the calculation formula for straight slip surfaces, Culmanns c, phi, delta method [ 19.6.2] can also be applied. In this case, the factor on the lateral earth pressure coefficients must be modified separately for all points by hand. This method is time consuming, but using the Culmann method allows the values of the earth pressure coefficients to vary across the soil layers. This can be done by the following steps: 1. Save the input under a new name, such as <Tutorial-10b.shi>. 2. In the Model window of the Project menu, select the c, phi, delta soil parameters model.

122

MSHEET USER MANUAL

3. In the Start Calculation window, the lateral earth pressure ratios calculated by the Culmann method can be optionally viewed and modified. To do so, select the Manual option from the Recalculation earth pressure coefficients sub-window. 4. Click the Recalculation and than the Editor button to edit the earth pressure coefficients in the Fictive Earth Pressure Coefficients window as described below.

Figure 12-7 Fictive Earth Pressure Coefficients window, as calculated using the Culmann method 5. In the window displayed (Figure 12-7) the values are as calculated using the Culmann method. They need to be modified by dividing Ka by s and by multiplying Kp by s, on both sides of the sheet pile wall. Results for the Right side of the sheet pile are given in Figure 12-8 below. Please note that different s values need to be applied for different layers.

Figure 12-8 Fictive Earth Pressure Coefficients window after modification of the Ka and Kp values

TUTORIAL

123

6. Click OK to close the window and then Start to perform a calculation. NOTE: To return the Earth pressure coefficients to their previous, automatically calculated values, click the Recalculation button. NOTE: It is possible to copy data from the Fictive Earth Pressure Coefficients table to a spreadsheet, for easy incorporation of the different shell factors. The updated table can than be pasted back into MSheet. 12.4.4 Results using the c, phi, delta model (Culmann) By performing the calculation and viewing the results for the two cases, using Ka, Ko, Kp or c, phi, delta it can be seen that the results for the two methods are of the same order of magnitude. The latter results can be seen in Figure 12-9. For more complex situations the difference can be quite substantial.

Figure 12-9 - Moment/Force/Displacement Chart for combined wall using Culmann with shell factors

12.5 Conclusion
The combined wall wizard is a useful tool for inputting a combined wall: it converts the constituent parts into the correct MSheet model. Earth pressure coefficients need to be modified for the soil layers where only the piles are present, to compensate for arching.

124

MSHEET USER MANUAL

13
13 Tutorial 11: Non-hydrostatic pore pressure distribution

In this example, the sheet pile wall has a water-retaining function in addition to the standard soil-retaining function. The difference in water pressures on either side of the wall gives rise to water seepage under the toe of the wall. This effect is taken into account in MSheet by inputting appropriate additional pore pressures. For background information, see [ 32.4]. The objectives of this exercise are: To calculate and input the additional pore pressure distribution in order to model the total pore pressures caused by the water flow under the toe of the sheet piling. To analyze the effect of these pressures on the sheet pile wall. For this example, the following MSheet modules are needed: Base module (earth pressure coefficients)

126

MSHEET USER MANUAL

13.1 Introduction to the case

This example involves a pit excavation in stratified soil. On the right hand side, the surface level is 0 m. The water table is at -1 m. The pit is excavated on the left hand side to -9 m. The pit excavation is kept dry by means of open drainage. The water table in the pit excavation is at -10 m. This means that there is a difference in water pressure of 9 x 10 = 90 kPa. Two struts at -2 m and -7 m support the sheet piling.
5.0m -1.0 -2.0
Strut 1

GL=0

-7.0
Strut 2

CLAY

-10.0

-9.0
AZ 14 CLAY PEAT

-13.0

-12.0
PEAT

SAND

-18.0

Figure 13-1 Pit excavation with water flow under the sheet pile wall Table 13-1 Soil properties Unsaturated total unit weight Saturated total unit weight (Drained) Cohesion Friction angle phi Delta friction angle Earth pressure coefficients Mod. Subgrade Reaction (top side) Mod. Subgrade Reaction (bottom side) Permeability [kN/m] [kN/m] [kN/m] [deg] [deg] [-] [kN/m] [kN/m] [m/s] Clay 14 14 5 17 11 Muller 800 1 200 10-8 Peat 11 11 2 20 0 Muller 500 500 10-9 Sand 17 20 0 32 21 Kotter 10 000 20 000 10-3

TUTORIAL

127

13.2 Additional pore pressure

The sand is relatively permeable. The pressure head differences occur, therefore, over the clay layer and the peat layer. To determine the effect of the water flow, the additional pore water pressures are calculated on both sides of the sheet piling using equation ( 43 ) in [ 32.4]: (2)
w i = h w di ki 1

di
i

On the low side this leads to: (3)

w clay = 9 10 2 10
8

1 = 5.5kN / m2 2 1 1 11 8 + 9 + 9 + 8 10 10 10 10

(4)

w peat = 9 10

1 1 = 27.3kN / m2 1 1 11 10 9 2 8 + 9 + 9 + 8 10 10 10 10

On the high side this leads to: (5)

w clay = 9 10 11 1 = 30.0kN / m2 1 1 11 10 8 2 8 + 9 + 9 + 8 10 10 10 10 1 1 = 27.3kN / m2 1 1 11 10 9 2 8 + 9 + 9 + 8 10 10 10 10

(6)

w peat = 9 10

Note that the sum of the magnitudes of these additional pore pressures is 90 kN/m2 (ignoring rounding errors) which is the same as the pressure difference between the levels of the two phreactic surfaces. It can also be seen that the water pressure on both sides of the toe of the sheet pile is the same (ignoring rounding errors): 6 10 + (5.5 + 27.3) = 150 (30.0 + 27.3) = 92.8.

128

MSHEET USER MANUAL

0.0 -1.0

clay

Wpeat
-9.0 -10.0

Wclay Wpeat
25.5 20.0 30.0 80.0 110.0 120.0
-12.0 -13.0

62.8

peat sand
-18.0

62.7

Wclay
62.8 60.0

92.7

150.0

total pressure

hydrostatic pressure

total pressure

hydrostatic pressure

Figure 13-2 Water pressures distribution on both sides of sheet piling NOTE: In general, this approximation method is sufficient. For cases with a major difference in water pressure, or for very critical cases, a flow calculation should be performed using a specialized program, such as Delft GeoSystems MSeep.

13.3 General input

The geometry of Figure 13-1 is inputted in MSheet. 1. Create a new file with the name <Tutorial-11.shi>. 2. In the Model window, select the Ka, Ko, Kp model. Deselect the Check vertical balance option as it is not used in this tutorial. 3. In Sheet Piling window, define a sheet pile with a stiffness of 44730 kNm2/m by choosing an AZ14 profile from Arbed and enter its top and bottom positions according to Figure 13-1. 4. In the Surfaces window, define two surfaces at the levels 0 m and -9 m. 5. In the Soil Layers window, define the three materials as shown in Table 13-1. 6. In the Soil Profiles window, enter the additional pore water pressures distribution as shown in Figure 13-2 and calculated in [ 13.2]. The <Clay> layer is separated at the water table level into two layers (as shown in Figure 13-3 for the left side and Figure 13-4 for the soil profile on the right side). MSheet will assume a linear distribution between these values.

TUTORIAL

129

Figure 13-3 Soil Profiles window with additional pore pressures on left side

Figure 13-4 Soil Profiles window with additional pore pressures on right side 7. In the Water Levels window, define two water levels of -1 m and -10 m. 8. In the Water Properties window, enter a unit weight of 10 kN/m3. 9. In the Struts window from the Supports menu, define two struts at levels -2 m and -7 m with properties as indicated in Figure 13-5. As only half of the problem is considered due to symmetry, the length of the strut needs to be entered as 5.0 m. In this example buckling is not taken into account, therefore a large value for the buckling force is entered. 10. In the Stages Overview window, activate these different inputs as indicated in Figure 13-1 by selecting them in the appropriate sub-window.

130

MSHEET USER MANUAL

Figure 13-5 Struts window

13.4 Water pressure results

The water pressure distribution calculated by MSheet can be checked. 1. In the Start calculation window of the Calculation menu, click Start. 2. In the Stress State Charts window of the Results menu (Figure 13-6), click the right mouse button and select View Data.

Figure 13-6 Stress State Chart window

TUTORIAL

131

3. In the window displayed (Figure 13-7), read the water pressures values at different depths at the left side in the Water Pressure Left tab. They are the sum of the excess pore water pressure and the hydrostatic water pressure (w depth)

Figure 13-7 Chart Data window, Water Pressure Left tab 4. Open the Moment/Force/Displacements window to view the effect of this seepage on the construction.

Figure 13-8 Moment/Force/Displacement Charts including the effects of the additional pore pressures

132

MSHEET USER MANUAL

13.5 Conclusion
Water flow under the toe of a sheet pile wall causes a pore pressure distribution in the surrounding soil that is not proportional to the depth below the water table. The correct total pressure distribution can be modeled by calculating and inputting additional pore pressures for each soil layer.

14
14 Tutorial 12: Modelling of loads with limited dimensions

This example illustrates the method used to calculate the effect on a sheet pile wall of a surcharge load with limited dimensions in two directions. This could be, for instance, the load from a crane near a harbor wall. For background information, see [ 32.2]. The objectives of this exercise are: To model a load with limited size in the directions parallel and perpendicular to the sheet pile wall. For this example, the following MSheet modules are needed: Base module (earth pressure coefficients) C, phi, delta (Culmann) model module.

134

MSHEET USER MANUAL

14.1 Introduction to the case

This tutorial example models a harbor wall construction, similar to the construction in Tutorial 3. The sheet pile wall is designed to resist a platform load (extending infinitely) of 20 kN/m. In addition, there is a crane load of a total of F = 600 kN, acting over a surface area of b = 1.5 m L = 1.5 m. The front of the crane is located at d = 1.5 m behind the wall, as indicated in Figure 14-1. The lower part of Figure 14-1 also indicates how this load is to be modeled.

Top view

Platform load = 20 kN/m2

Crane load F = 600 kN

1,5m

d1=1.5m

45o

d2=2.25m

q1 q2
Platform load = 20 kN/m2
GL=0 -1.5 -2.0 2.0

anchor level -1.5m

-7.0

CLAY PEAT

CLAY

AZ 13
-13.0

CLAY

SAND

-16.0

Figure 14-1 Modeling a load with limited size parallel to the sheet piling

TUTORIAL

135

14.2 General input

1. Open <Tutorial-3.shi> by clicking Open in the File menu, and save it with the name <Tutorial-12.shi>. 2. Open the Model window from the Project menu and select the c, phi, delta model since surcharge loads are used in this example. 3. Deselect the Check vertical balance and the CUR verification options as they are not used in this example.

14.3 Modeling of load with limited size parallel to the sheet piling
The crane load has a limited size parallel to the sheet piling. In order to model it in MSheet, this load is considered in two parts in order to roughly model the changing width of the load spread as a function of its distance from the sheet pile wall. Each part is modeled as being distributed over an assumed load spread angle of 45 (see Figure 14-1). This produces the following distribution formula: (7)
qi = F L L b L + 2di

Therefore: (8)
q1 = F 600 = = 88.89kN / m2 b(L + 2d1 ) 1.5 x (1.5 + 2x1.5)

(from 1.5 m to 2.25 m behind the wall)

q2 = F 600 = = 66.67kN / m2 b(L + 2d2 ) 1.5 x (1.5 + 2x2.25)

(9)

(from 2.25 m to 3 m behind the wall). NOTE: This crane load could be treated as just one part, since it has a rectangular shape. It has been considered in two parts for better accuracy. For more information on modeling loads with limited dimensions see [ 32.2]. The platform and crane loads can now be inputted: 1. Select Uniform Loads in the Loads menu, and enter a load of 20 kN/m2 on the right side. Use the name <Platform load> for easy reference in the Stages Overview. 2. Select Surcharge Loads in the Loads menu to enter the crane load. 3. In the window displayed, add a surcharge with the name <Crane load> as shown in Figure 14-1. The <Crane load> has the distribution given in Figure 14-2 below.

136

MSHEET USER MANUAL

Figure 14-2 Surcharge Loads window 4. In the Stage Manager, add a 4th stage, named <Platform load and crane load>. 5. In the Stage Overview window, activate the uniform load and the surcharge by selecting them in the Surcharges right sub-window, as indicated in Figure 14-3.

Figure 14-3 Stage Overview window

TUTORIAL

137

6. Start the calculation by selecting Start from the Calculations menu.

14.4 Results
As a result of the platform load and the crane load the bending moments have increased, as indicated in Figure 14-4. Open the Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window to see the effect of the increased loading. The maximum bending moment has increased to 405 kNm.

Figure 14-4 Results for the final stage

14.5 Conclusion
Loads with a limited size parallel to the sheet pile wall need to be adjusted so their effect can be correctly calculated. This modification is performed by assuming the load acts over the wall within the limits of lines extending at 45 from the front of where the load is applied.

138

MSHEET USER MANUAL

15
15 Tutorial 13: Preventing pile driving failure using experience data

This tutorial example looks at the risk of pile driving failure that may occur in practice. The risk of pile driving failure largely depends on the sheet pile length, resisting moment, soil conditions and of course the pile driving equipment. In general a sheet pile wall design is checked according to design standards. Using the E-Consult module it is also possible to check the feasibility of the design as well. The E-Consult module allows for two different checks. The first check compares results of the MSheet design to (NVAF) charts for different kind of piling driving vibrators and different soil conditions. The second check displays the design on graphs, alongside real experiences. The objectives of this exercise are: To compare the design using the E-Consult module for NVAF-experience lines. To compare the design using the E-Consult module for experience data from various projects. For this example, the following MSheet modules are needed: Base module (earth pressure coefficients) C, phi, delta (Culmann) model module CUR verification module E-Consult module

15.1 Introduction to the case

This tutorial involves the three-stage excavation as used in Tutorial 7. In Tutorial 7, the design was checked for stability according to the CUR 166 design procedure. In this example the E-Consult module will be used to check the feasibility of the design.

140

MSHEET USER MANUAL

15.2 E-Consult NVAF Experience lines

This tutorial example makes use of the added value of the MSheet E-consult module, which provides pile driving experience data to aid the user in feasibility decisions. For more information on the E-Consult module, NVAF lines and experience data see [chapter 22]. 1. Open <Tutorial-7.shi> and save it with the name <Tutorial-13.shi>. 2. From the E-consult menu, open the Sheet Pile Installation window. MSheet will now contact, on-line, to the GeoBrain experience database. 3. For the first part of this tutorial, a theoretical comparison with the Dutch NVAF lines is of interest. Select Show NVAF lines in the upper left hand corner of the window. The LF 5 chart is selected by default for low frequency driving, in a soil with an average cone resistance of 5 MPa along the pile.

Figure 15-1 E-Consult Sheet Pile Installation window, showing NAVF lines In the graph displayed (Figure 15-1), the current sheet piling input is indicated by a blue mark. As this mark lies below the NVAF-lines, successful pile driving should be guaranteed for this type of sheet piling with a length of 13.5 m and a resisting moment of 1300 cm/m. By selecting different graphs from the Experience lines NVAF list it can be seen that the design considered does not meet the feasibility criteria for all combinations of cone resistances and frequencies. Hence some care should be taken. From the graphs one can also get an idea of the capacity needed for successful pile driving. In this case (LF 5) a minimum capacity of 800 kN seems necessary. Click the Browse button on the right side of the Resisting moment input field.

TUTORIAL

141

In the table displayed, it can be seen that the < AZ 13> sheet piling profile has a resisting moment, W of 1300 cm3/m. By selecting different sheet piles and clicking Select the user can return to the E-Consult Sheet Pile Installation window to directly see the influence on the feasibility. The manual input selected for Resisting moment is indicated by a black square in the graphs. The blue dot, indicating the MSheet design, will not change until a different pile length or sheet piling has been inputted and calculated or verified.

15.3 E-Consult Experiences

1. Select Show Experiences in the Sheet Pile Installation window. A screen similar to Figure 15-2 will appear. Users without a license for the E-Consult module will only see a limited number of experiences. Once again, the MSheet design will appear as a blue dot.

Figure 15-2 E-Consult Sheet Pile Installation window, showing Experiences For this tutorial example, the MSheet design seems to be surrounded by different experiences labeled as Poor. The user should check if these experiences are indeed comparable to the MSheet design. 2. Select one of the nearby Poor experiences, using the mouse. On the right hand side, additional information, including a soil profile is shown. For translation of the Dutch headings please refer to [ 22.2].

142

MSHEET USER MANUAL

15.4 Conclusion
After checking a sheet pile wall for stability, the E-Consult module can be used to check the chosen sheet piling feasibility for driving. The chosen sheet piling can be compared to experience data and NVAF lines. If the sheet piling is changed to give better driving feasibility then it needs to be re-checked for stability.

16
16 Tutorial 14: Horizontally loaded pile (mooring post)

This tutorial example illustrates the use of the Single pile model in MSheet. The calculation of forces and displacements for a mooring pile loaded by a ship is performed here. The objective of this exercise is: To use the single pile model of MSheet to analyze a pile subjected to a horizontal force. For this example, the following MSheet modules are needed: Base module (earth pressure coefficients) Single pile module.

144

MSHEET USER MANUAL

16.1 Introduction to the case

In this example, the stability of a mooring post that is subject to a ship load is verified. The maximum displacement of the pile is to be calculated in order to check that it is less then 10 cm. Figure 16-1 shows the problem geometry, and the relevant soil parameters are given in Table 16-1.
Ship load 500 kN

-0.5

-2.0 -4.5
CLAY

-6.8 -9.6 -13.2

-8.3
-11.6

SAND CLAY 2 SAND 2 CLAY 3

SAND 3

SAND 3

-20.5

Figure 16-1 Pile (mooring post) loaded horizontally (by a ship) Table 16-1 Soil properties Un. total unit weight Sat. total unit weight (Drained) Cohesion Friction angle E-Modulus Menard Soil type Menard [kN/m] [kN/m] [kN/m] [deg] [kN/m] [-] Clay 15 15 0 22.5 2000 Clay Sand 18 20 0 32.5 2000 Sand Clay 2 15 15 10 22.5 4000 Clay Sand 2 18 20 0 32.5 4000 Sand Clay 3 17 17 10 17.5 4000 Clay Sand 3 18 20 0 32.5 9000 Sand

16.2 Pile loaded by forces

1. Create a new project. 2. Select the Single pile model in the Model window from the Project menu. 3. Choose the first option for this model: Pile loaded by forces.

TUTORIAL

145

Figure 16-2 Model window 4. Click OK to close the window. To enter the pile data: 1. Open the Pile window from the Construction menu and enter a pile consisting of one single element named <Mooring post>, with a top level of -0.5 m and a bottom level of -20.5 m, i.e. a length of 20 m. 2. In this example a steel tubular pile is used, having a diameter of 1200 mm and a stiffness of 4,000,000 kNm2.

Figure 16-3 Pile window NOTE: The Pile window is similar to the Sheet Piling window for the Sheet Piling model, but the parameters differ because of the dimensions of the input. Also the available options in the main menu are slightly different. Note also that working with construction stages is not possible for the single pile model.

146

MSHEET USER MANUAL

16.3 Soil and Loads input

1. Open the Surfaces window from the Soil menu, and define a surface at -4.5 m. 2. Open the Soil Layers window from the Soil menu, and define the soils as given in Table 16-1. Select Brinch-Hansen as the method to be used to calculate the earth pressure coefficients.

Figure 16-4 Soil Layers window 3. Enter the Soil Profiles as shown in Figure 16-5.

Figure 16-5 Soil Profiles window 4. Open the Water Levels window from the Soil menu, and enter a water level of -2 m. NOTE: The Brinch-Hansen and Menard method automatically takes into account the effect of arching [ 31.2], but if the user chooses to define their own coefficients then they must modify them as described in [ 31.1]. When using the Brinch-Hansen

TUTORIAL

147

method, the same soil layer should not be used at different depths in a profile, as the strength is a function of depth. Instead a copy of the soil layer, with a different name, should be made for the second depth. It is also recommended that thick soil layers are split into two or more thinner layers [ 31.2.1]. 5. Open the Horizontal Force window from the Loads menu and enter a horizontal force named <ship load> of 500 kN at a level of -0.5 m.

Figure 16-6 Horizontal Force window 6. Select these different inputs in the Stage Overview window, such as the <ship load> to activate them.

16.4 Results
1. Start a calculation and save the project using <Tutorial 14.shi> as file name. Note that the pile is stable as no message is displayed to the contrary. 2. Open the Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window to view the results of the calculation. The maximum displacement of the pile is around 9 cm, which meets the condition that was stated in the case description, of a maximum allowable displacement of 10 cm. Please note that it should also be checked that the maximum allowable bending moment is not exceeded.

148

MSHEET USER MANUAL

Figure 16-7 Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window

16.5 Conclusion
MSheet allows the modeling of simple single pile models, loaded by forces and moments. The single pile module allows the effect of arching to be taken into account, by application of Brinch-Hansens theory. The input and calculation method is similar to that for a sheet pile wall.

17
17 Tutorial 15: Horizontal pile deformation caused by embankment

This tutorial gives another example of using the Single pile model in MSheet. In this example the option Pile loaded by soil displacements is used. The objective of this exercise is: To analyze a single pile that is loaded by soil deformations. For this example, the following MSheet modules are needed: Base module (earth pressure coefficients) Single pile module.

17.1 Introduction to the case

In this case, calculations will be made for a foundation pile below a building. The building is situated near a site where a road embankment will be constructed. It needs to be verified that the maximum moment experienced by the pile after the embankment is built does not exceed the maximum allowable value of 1000 kNm. For this project, the effect of the road embankment is not implemented as a surcharge load, but as a soil displacement load. This load is entered as an undisturbed soil displacement, and should be given as input data for MSheet, for example by using a program such as Plaxis, or by calculation with the De Leeuw method [Lit 21].

150

MSHEET USER MANUAL

-0.5 -1.5 -2.5 -4.5 -6.5 -8.5 -10.5 -12.5 SAND 2 SAND 1 CLAY 1 CLAY 2 CLAY 3 CLAY 4

Figure 17-1 Horizontal pile loaded by soil deformations caused by embankment raise Table 17-1 Soil properties Sand 1 Unsat. total unit weight Sat. total unit weight (Drained) Cohesion Friction angle Mod. of Subgr Reaction Active Earth Pres. Coef Neutral Earth Pres. Coef Passive Earth Pres. Coef [kN/m] 18 [kN/m] [kN/m] [deg] [kN/m] [-] [-] [-] 20 0 30 5000 0.00 0.00 5.00 Clay 1 15 15 10 25 3000 0.00 0.00 2.50 Clay 2 15 15 5 25 1250 0.00 0.00 2.50 Clay 3 15 15 5 25 1500 0.00 0.00 2.50 Clay 4 15 15 3 25 1350 0.00 0.00 2.50 Sand 2 18 20 0 35 10000 0.00 0.00 5.00

NOTE: Active and neutral earth pressure coefficients normally need to be set to zero for the situation of a single pile loaded by soil displacement. This means that the input value for the passive earth pressure coefficient leads to the effective resisting pressure, taking the effect of arching into account. Selecting Brinch-Hansen will cause this to happen automatically. NOTE: For manual input the passive earth pressure coefficients need to be modified manually by application of a shell factor to compensate for the phenomenon of arching, see [ 31.1].

TUTORIAL

151

17.2 Pile loaded by soil displacements

1. Create a new project and save it with the name <Tutorial-15.shi>. Select the Single pile model in the Model window from the Project menu. 2. Choose the second option for this model: Pile loaded by soil displacements.

Figure 17-2 Model window 3. Click OK to close the window. To enter the pile data: 1. Open the Pile window in the Construction menu 2. Enter a pile consisting of one single element, with a top level of -0.5 m and a bottom level of -12.5 m, i.e. a length of 12 m. The stiffness EI of the pile is 63900 kNm, and the diameter is 40 cm.

17.3 Soil input

1. Open the Surfaces window from the Soil menu, and define a surface at level -0.5 m. 2. Open the Layers window from the Soil menu, and define the materials according to Table 17-1. 3. Open the Soil Profiles window from the Soil menu, and define the soil profile as shown in Figure 17-1. 4. Open the Water Levels window from the Soil menu, and enter a water level of -1.5 m.

152

MSHEET USER MANUAL

17.4 Soil Displacements

1. Open the Soil Displacements window from the Loads menu 2. Enter the displacements distribution along the sheet piling given in Figure 17-3 below. These displacements at the location of the pile are the output from an FEM analysis of the displacements caused by the embankment.

Figure 17-3 Soil Displacements window The Input Diagram window confirms the entered Soil Displacements and Rigid Supports.

Figure 17-4 Input Diagram window

TUTORIAL

153

17.5 Rigid Support

1. Open the Rigid Supports window from the Supports menu. 2. Enter a rigid support which suppresses Translation of the sheet piling at level -0.5 m. This represents the resistance to translation provided by the connection of the pile to the building.

Figure 17-5 Rigid Supports window 3. Active the rigid support in the Stage Overview window by selecting it.

17.6 Results
Start a calculation, and note that the pile is stable, as no message is displayed to the contrary. The report shows that the maximum moment in the pile is around 136 kNm, which is much less than the allowable maximum, so constructing the road embankment should not cause problems for this pile.

Figure 17-6 Report window showing the maximum moment NOTE: The results of a calculation are highly influenced by the soil displacements and the value of the horizontal subgrade modulus in the displacing soil layers.

154

MSHEET USER MANUAL

17.7 Conclusion
MSheet also allows the analysis of single piles subjected to imposed soil deformations.

Introduction Tutorial Reference Background Verification

156

MSHEET USER MANUAL

18
18 General

This chapter contains a detailed description of the available menu options for inputting data for a sheet pile or diaphragm wall project, and for calculating and viewing the results. The examples in the tutorial section provide a convenient starting point for familiarization with the program.

18.1 File menu

Besides the familiar Windows options for opening and saving files, the File menu contains a number of options specific to MSheet: File Copy Active Window to Clipboard Use this option to copy the contents of the active window to the Windows clipboard so that they can be pasted into another application. The contents will be pasted in either text format or Windows Meta File format. Export Active Window Use this option to export the contents of the active window as a Windows Meta File (*.wmf), a Drawing Exchange File (*.dxf) or a text file (*.txt). Export Report This option allows the report to be exported in a different format, such as pdf or rtf. Page Setup This option allows definition of the way MSheet plots and reports are to be printed. The printer, paper size, orientation and margins can be defined as well as whether and where axes are required for plots. Click Autofit to get MSheet to choose the best fit for the page. Print Preview Active Window This option will display a print preview of the current contents of the Input Diagram or Results window. Print Active Window This option prints the current contents of the Input Diagram or Results window.

158

MSHEET USER MANUAL

18.2 Tools Options menu

On the menu bar, click Tools and then choose Options to open the corresponding input window. In this window, the user can optionally define their own preferences for some of the programs default values. 18.2.1 View

Figure 18-1 Program Options window, View tab Toolbar Status bar Title panel Mark the relevant checkbox to display the toolbar and/or status bar each time MSheet is started. Mark this checkbox to display the project titles, as entered on the Identification tab, in a panel at the bottom of the Input Diagram window.

18.2.2 General

Figure 18-2 Program Options window, General tab

REFERENCE

159

Startup with

Save on calculation

Use Enter key to

Click one of these toggle buttons to determine how a project should be initiated each time MSheet is started. No project: Use the buttons in the toolbar or the options in the File menu to open an existing project or to start a new one. Last used project: The last project to be worked on is opened automatically. New project: A new project is created comprising a sheet pile wall with a "dummy" soil layer on both sides. Note that the Startup with option is ignored when MSheet is started by double-clicking on an input file. The toggle buttons determine how input data is saved prior to calculation. It can either be saved automatically, using the same file name each time, or a file name can be specified every time the data is saved. Use the toggle buttons to determine the way the Enter key is used in MSheet: either as an equivalent of pressing the default button (Windows style) or to shift the focus to the next item in a window (for users accustomed to the DOS version(s) of the program).

18.2.3 Directories

Figure 18-3 Program Options window, Directories tab Working directory MSheet will start up with a working directory for selection and saving of files. Either choose to use the last used directory, or specify a fixed path. Define the location of the file MSheetProfilesUser.xml. This file contains the user-defined library with piles and sheet piling [ 19.2.4].

Directory for user defined pile library

160

MSHEET USER MANUAL

18.2.4 Language

Figure 18-4 Program Options window, Language tab Interface language Output language Currently, the only available interface language is English. Two output languages are supported: English and Dutch. The selected output language will be used in all exported reports and graphs.

18.2.5 Modules

Figure 18-5 Program Options window, Modules tab For an MSheet installation based on floating licenses, the Modules tab can be used to claim a license for the particular modules that are to be used. If the Show at start of program checkbox is marked then this window will always be shown at start-up. For an MSheet installation based on a license dongle, the Modules tab will just show the modules that may be used.

19
19 Input

Before analysis can be started, data for the sheet pile wall, soil, loads and supports needs to be input.

19.1 Project menu

Each project starts with the selection of an analysis model and the entry of general details about the project. 19.1.1 Model On the menu bar, click Project and then choose Model to open the input window. In this window the required analysis models can be selected.

Figure 19-1 Project Model window

162

MSHEET USER MANUAL

Model

Sheet piling

Single pile

Select the Sheet piling option for analysis of sheet pile or diaphragm walls. or Select the Single pile option for analysis of horizontally loaded piles. The single pile option is only available in combination with the corresponding module [ 18.2.5]. Select the method for input of the lateral earth pressure ratio: either the basic model (Ka, K0, Kp), the c, phi, delta model (Culmann) or Mixed (to allow selection of the method for each stage and side of the wall, using the Stages Overview window [ 19.6.2]). The Ka, Ko, Kp method gives constant earth pressure coefficients over a soil layer, whilst the Culmann method allows them to vary. The Culmann method also allows calculation for non-horizontal surfaces and non-uniform loads. Mark the CUR verification checkbox to enable the special calculation functions for sheet piling design according to the CUR 166 guidelines. The Culmann model and the CUR verification options are only available in combination with the corresponding modules [ 18.2.5]. Select the type of pile loading: forces or soil displacements.

19.1.2 Default Partial Factors On the menu bar, click Project and then choose Default Partial Factors. This option is only available if CUR verification has be selected in the Model window [ 19.1.1]. In this window the user-defined partial factors used for the following verification methods can be entered: Design Sheet Piling Length [ 20.4] Verify Sheet Piling [ 20.5] Allowable Anchor Force [ 20.6] Overall Stability [ 20.7].

Figure 19-2 Default Partial Factors window

REFERENCE

163

Factor on cohesion Factor on tangent phi Factor on modulus of subgrade reactions Factor on driving moment (overall stability) Change in surface level on passive side Change in phreatic line on passive side Change in phreatic line on active side Partial material factor (gamma mb;4)

Enter the user defined partial factor applied to the cohesion. Enter the user defined partial factor applied to the tangent value of the friction angle. Enter the user defined partial factor applied to the modulus of subgrade reaction. Enter the user defined partial factor applied to the driving moment calculated during the Overall Stability verification [chapter 27]. Enter the user defined change in height applied to the surface level on the passive side. Enter the user defined change in height applied to the phreatic line level on the passive side. Enter the user defined change in height applied to the phreatic line level on the active side. Enter the partial factor applied on the material for the vertical force balance checking [chapter 28]. This is only available if the Check vertical balance option in the Model window is enabled [ 19.1.1].

The partial factors prescribed by the CUR 166 design procedure for three different safety classes (I, II and III) are also reported in the Default Partial Factors window. The CUR procedure also specifies a partial factor for unfavorable uniform loads in safety class III this factor is not included in this window as it is only applied to unfavorable loads. The partial factor for uniform loads is specified in the Uniform Loads window [ 19.4.1]. For background information on partial factors and safety classes see [ 29.2] and [ 29.3]. 19.1.3 Project Properties On the menu bar, click Project and then choose Properties to open the input window. The Project Properties window has four tabs, which allow the settings for the current project to be changed. Project Properties - Identification Use the Identification tab to specify the project identification data:

164

MSHEET USER MANUAL

Figure 19-3 Project Properties window, Identification tab Titles Use Title 1 to give the project a unique, easily recognizable name. Title 2 and Title 3 can be added to indicate specific characteristics of the calculation. The three titles will be included on printed output. The date entered here will be used on printouts and graphic plots for this project. Either mark the Use current date checkbox to automatically use the current date on each printout, or enter a specific date. Enter the name of the user performing the calculation or generating the printout. Enter a project identification number. Specify the annex number of the printout.

Date

Drawn by Project ID Annex ID

Enable the checkbox Save as default to use these settings every time MSheet is started or a new project is created. Project Properties Diagram Settings Use the Diagram Settings tab to specify the availability of components in the main window and the layout settings for the Input Diagram window.

Figure 19-4 Project Properties window, Diagram Settings tab

REFERENCE

165

Rulers Large cursor Infobar Grid Snap to Grid

Grid distance Same scale for x and y axis Identification names Loads

Supports Layer colors

Layers

Overall scale

Mark this checkbox to display the horizontal and vertical rulers. Mark this checkbox to use the large crosshair cursor instead of the small one. Mark this checkbox to display the information bar at the bottom of the Input Diagram window. Mark this checkbox to display a grid in each Input Diagram window. Mark this checkbox to ensure that objects align to the grid automatically when they are moved or positioned in a drawing window. This option applies only to graphical input. Use this field to set the distance between grid points. Mark this checkbox to use the same scale for the horizontal and vertical directions Mark this checkbox to display the names of the soil layers in the Input Diagram window. Mark this checkbox to display loads in the Input Diagram window. This option is available only for a sheet pile wall or a pile loaded by forces. Mark this checkbox to display supports in the Input Diagram window. Mark this checkbox to display each soil layer using a different color. It is recommended that this option is deselected if printouts are to be photo-copied or faxed. This option can only be used if the checkbox Identification names has been marked. Soil layers may be identified by their material name, their index in the list of materials, or their index in the list of layers in the soil profile. Use these toggle buttons to indicate whether the calculated quantities such as the stresses, displacements, moments and transverse forces are to be displayed using a scale based upon the maximum values for each phase (OFF) or the maximum values over all construction stages (ON).

Mark the Save as default checkbox to use the current settings every time MSheet is started. Project Properties - Chart Settings Use the Chart Settings tab to specify the display settings for the graphic representation of calculation results [chapter 21].

166

MSHEET USER MANUAL

Figure 19-5 Project Properties window, Chart Settings tab Layer boundaries Layers colors Draw layer over full width Envelope displaying overall minimum and maximum Draw water levels Draw sheet piling elements Identification names Overall scale Mark this checkbox to display dotted lines between soil boundaries. Mark this checkbox to display layers using different colors. Mark this checkbox to draw layers over the full width of the chart. Mark this checkbox to display a gray line showing the maximum and minimum values for all stages. Mark this checkbox to display phreatic line levels. Mark this checkbox to display the sheet piling element, with its name beside. Mark this checkbox to display the names of the soil layers. Use these toggle buttons to indicate whether the calculated quantities such as the stresses, displacements, moments and transverse forces are to be displayed using a scale based upon the maximum values for each phase (Off) or the maximum values over all construction stages (On).

Mark the checkbox Save as default to use the current settings every time MSheet is run. 19.1.4 View Input File On the menu bar, click Project and then choose View Input File to display an overview of the input data. The data will be displayed in the MSheet main window. Click on the Print Active Window icon to print the file.

REFERENCE

167

19.2 Construction menu

Every new analysis starts with the input of data on the sheet piling, combined wall or single pile. This data will apply to every construction stage. 19.2.1 Regular sheet piling The Sheet Piling window is available in the Construction menu only if the Sheet piling model in the Model window [ 19.1.1] is selected. On the menu bar, click Construction and then choose Sheet Piling to open the input window for regular sheet piling. Combined walls can also be generated via a special wizard. First, the top level of the sheet piling is entered. New rows can be inserted or added by clicking the relevant icon. The stiffness and/or acting width for each section can be varied. Alternatively, use the Paste icon to paste the complete content from an external source into the table.

Figure 19-6 Sheet Piling window Sheet piling top level Combined Wall Import profile from library Enter the top level of the sheet piling in relation to a freely chosen reference level. See [ 19.2.3]. This option allows the name and bending stiffness of the section to be selected from a library. The library contains the standard profiles of different manufacturers and additional user-defined ones [ 19.2.4]. The default name of the section can be changed here if desired. Enter the vertical co-ordinate of the bottom of the sheet piling, in relation to the reference level. Use several sections if the bending stiffness varies along the vertical axis of the sheet piling.

Name Section Bottom Level

168

MSHEET USER MANUAL

Stiffness EI

Acting Width

Enter the bending stiffness of the section (product of Youngs Modulus E and moment of inertia I) per running meter if it has not already been imported form a library. The acting width can be used when the effective width changes along the sheet piling [ 32.1.1]. MSheet uses the acting width as a multiplication factor for the sheet piling stiffness and all loads, supports and reactions, except the normal force ([chapter 23] equation ( 13 )).

NOTE: If the acting width changes at the position of a load, anchor or support, MSheet will use the width below this position as the acting width per meter for this load or support. 19.2.2 Regular sheet piling (in the case of a vertical balance check) If the Check vertical balance option in the Model window of [ 19.1.1] is selected, the Sheet Piling window displayed (Figure 19-7) is different from Figure 19-6, as new input data are needed in the vertical balance check.

Figure 19-7 Sheet Piling window (vertical balance check) Sheet piling top level Combined Wall Import profile from library Name Section Bottom Level Stiffness EI Acting Width See [ 19.2.1]. See [ 19.2.1]. See [ 19.2.1]. See [ 19.2.1]. See [ 19.2.1]. See [ 19.2.1]. See [ 19.2.1].

REFERENCE

169

Height Coating area

Section area Max point resistance (Pr;max;point)

Xi factor (depends on number of CPTs)

The thickness of the sheet piling profile, ie the height of the cross-section. The area of coating of the sheet piling (> 1). This is defined as the length of the perimeter of the sheet piling section per running meter of wall. The cross-sectional area of the sheet piling, per running meter. The representative cone resistance of the soil at the bottom of the sheet piling. This is equal to the maximum point resistance pr,max;point as defined in the Dutch design code NEN 6743 [Lit 13]. See [chapter 28] for more information. The factor (see Table 4.4 of the CUR 166 procedure) depending on the number N of CPTs and the number M of anchors. For N = 1 and M = 1, = 0.75 (default in MSheet).

19.2.3 Combined wall wizard 1. Click the Combined Wall button in the Sheet Piling window (Figure 19-6 or Figure 19-7) to open the Design Combined Wall window (Figure 19-8). MSheet will use the properties of the pile and the sheet piling to determine the effective bending stiffness and acting width of the wall above and below the bottom of the sheet piling. 2. Click OK to generate the resulting MSheet input (Figure 19-9). NOTE: The Combined Wall wizard will yield output of the bending moment for the center-to-center distance between two piles, e.g. the discrete moment for a pile and the attached part of the sheet piling For a section with single piles, the soil reaction must be manually modified to model the effect of arching, see [ 19.3.2] and [ 20.2]. For background information on this topic, see [ 32.1].

Figure 19-8 Design Combined Wall window

170

MSHEET USER MANUAL

Name

Bottom Level Piles Stiffness EI Diameter Sheet pile Stiffness EI

The profile name. The user can define a name and properties themself, or import the name and properties from the MSheet library. Enter the bottom level for the piles and the sheet piling. Enter the bending stiffness (product of Youngs Modulus E and moment of inertia I) of a single pile. Enter the diameter of the single piles. Enter the bending stiffness (product of Youngs Modulus E and moment of inertia I) of the sheet piling, per running meter. Click the button to import the sheet piling name, width and stiffness from the MSheet library [ 19.2.4] Enter the width of one sheet pile. Enter the number of sheet piles between each pair of single piles.

Width Number of sheet piles

Figure 19-9 Result of using the combined wall wizard (per center-to-center distance) 19.2.4 Construction menu Profiles library The Sheet Piling window and the Combined Wall window described in [ 19.2], and the single pile window [ 19.2.5] allow the import of piling properties from a library. Click the Browse button in these windows to open the Sheet Piling Profiles window (Figure 19-10). In this window the properties of both sheet piling and single piles can be selected. The window contains separate tabs for steel sheet piling, concrete sheet piling and single piles from different manufacturers. There are also separate tabs for user-defined sheet piling and user defined single piles, see Figure 19-11. User defined profiles and groups can be added via the Add and the Edit buttons (Figure 19-12), and deleted using the Delete button. The location of the data file containing user defined profiles can be changed via the Tools menu [ 18.2.3].

REFERENCE

171

Figure 19-10 Sheet Piling Profiles Library window, Sheet piles tab

Figure 19-11 Sheet Piling Profiles Library window, User defined piles tab

172

MSHEET USER MANUAL

EI Mmax;el

Section Area W Width

The bending stiffness. The maximum moment for elastic behavior at zero normal force. Sxxx means steel with a yield stress of xxx N/mm. This value is not yet used by MSheet. The cross sectional area of the profile. This value is not yet used by MSheet. The resisting moment. This value is not yet used by MSheet. The width of a single pile. MSheet uses this value for single pile and combined wall analysis.

All properties (except width) are given per running meter for Sheet piles, Concrete sheet piles and User defined sheet piles. The properties for Piles and User defined piles are given per single pile.

Figure 19-12 - Piles library, Add Pile to user defined Group name Profile name Stiffness EI Maximum elastic moment Mmax;el Section Area Resisting moment W Width Select or enter a name for the group of profiles. Enter the name of the profile. Enter the bending stiffness of the profile Enter the maximum moment for elastic behavior with zero applied normal force. This value is not currently used by MSheet. Enter the cross sectional area of the profile. This value is not currently used by MSheet. Enter the resisting moment. This value is not yet used by MSheet. Enter the width of a single pile. MSheet uses this value when performing a single pile or combined wall analysis.

19.2.5 Construction menu for single piles The Pile window is available in the Construction menu only if the Single Pile model in the Model window [ 19.1.1] is selected.

REFERENCE

173

On the menu bar, click Construction and then choose Pile to open the input window. Every new analysis starts with the input of data on the single pile. First, the top level of the sheet piling must be entered. Next, click the Insert row button to insert a new row or click the Add row button to add one. The stiffness and/or diameter can be varied for each section. Alternatively, use the Paste button to paste the complete content from an external source into the table.

Figure 19-13 Pile window Pile top level Import Name Section Bottom Level Stiffness EI Diameter Enter the top level of the pile in relation to a freely chosen reference level. Click here to import the name, diameter and bending stiffness of the section from the MSheet library [ 19.2.4]. Change the default name for the section, if desired. Enter the vertical co-ordinate of the bottom of the pile, in relation to the reference level. Use several sections if the bending stiffness varies along the depth. Enter the bending stiffness (product of Youngs Modulus E and moment of inertia I) of the pile for each section. Enter the equivalent diameter of the pile. MSheet uses this value as the acting width for the soil reaction.

19.3 Soil menu

The Soil menu is used to enter the soil properties for the analysis. 19.3.1 Surfaces On the menu bar, click Soil and then choose Surfaces. In the window displayed (Figure 19-14), the positions of the various ground surfaces, that will occur on different sides of the sheet piling during the different stages, can be specified. Use the Stage Composer or the Stages Overview window to connect the surfaces (for each stage) to the left or right of the sheet pile wall.

174

MSHEET USER MANUAL

Figure 19-14 Surfaces window Up to 10 surfaces can be specified. To add a surface, click Add. The name of the new surface is displayed in an appearing edit-box. Change the name as required. Enter the first co-ordinate (horizontal in relation to the sheet piling, vertical in relation to the reference level). Click the Add row button to add the next co-ordinate. Alternatively, use the Paste button, to paste the complete content from an external source into the table. Distance & Level Both the Distance from the sheet piling and Level of that part of the surface are expressed in meters. The level is specified in relation to the reference level. MSheet can only convert a non-horizontal surface to horizontal wall pressures in case of the c, phi, delta method [ 19.6.1]. The relevant calculation method must be selected for each construction stage.

19.3.2 Soil Layers for retaining walls On the menu bar, click Soil and then choose Layers to open the input window. In this window, the names and properties of the soil layers can be entered. Specify the names of the soil layers in the left-hand table. The soil layers entered here can be connected to their geometry using the Soil Profiles input window In the Soil Layers window, the following data can be added: General soil parameters for each layer Earth pressure coefficients for each layer Curve settings, to define the type of stress-displacement curve for all layers Modulus of subgrade reaction for each layer.

REFERENCE

175

Figure 19-15 Soil layers window Now the soil layers can be linked to soil profiles and the water properties for the soil can be determined, both described in [ 19.3]. General The general soil parameters for a particular soil layer can be specified in this subwindow (Figure 19-16).

Figure 19-16 Soil Layers window: General Unsat. total unit weight Sat. total unit weight Cohesion, Phi and Delta friction angle The weight of a unit volume of soil above the water table (generally unsaturated). The weight of a unit volume of soil below the water table (generally saturated). Cohesion is the drained cohesion, Phi represents the friction angle of soil, and Delta friction angle the friction angle between soil and sheet piling. For background information, see [ 25.1].

176

MSHEET USER MANUAL

Earth pressure coefficients In this sub-window the earth pressure coefficients can be entered or generated. MSheet will use these values only for those parts or stages where the Culmann method (c, , ) [ 19.6.2] has not been selected.

Figure 19-17 Soil Layers window: Earth pressure coefficients Manual Mller-Breslau (Straight slip surfaces) Kotter (Curved slip surfaces) Active, Neutral or Passive Mark this checkbox to enter the earth pressure coefficients manually. Mark this checkbox to get MSheet to determine earth pressure coefficients according to Mller-Breslau [ 24.3]. Mark this checkbox to get MSheet to determine earth pressure coefficients according to Kotter [ 24.4]. If Manual is selected, the values for the active, neutral, and passive earth pressure coefficients (Ka, K0, Kp) should be entered manually. The following restriction applies: 0 Ka K0 Kp. If Manual is not selected, the active, neutral, and passive earth pressure coefficients (Ka, K0, Kp) are calculated automatically by MSheet.

Curve Settings In the Soil layers window, click the Curve Settings button to open the Curve Settings (for all Layers) window (Figure 19-18) in which the type of stress-displacement diagram that will be used for all layers can be defined.

Figure 19-18 Curve Settings window

REFERENCE

177

Modulus of subgrade reaction type

Use an unloading/ reloading curve

Number of curves for spring characteristics

The Secant (CUR 166) definition is based on the stressdisplacement diagram according to CUR 166. This diagram always uses three branches, with intersections at 50, 80 and 100 % of Ka - Kp (see Figure 19-20 below) The slope of the different branches is defined indirectly, via the three secant moduli at the intersection points. The Tangent (MSheet Classic) definition is based on a userdefined number of branches (number of curves), with the slope of each branch defined directly by the tangent modulus (see Figure 19-23 below). Mark this checkbox to use an elasto-plastic model with a different (elastic) stiffness during unloading and reloading. Also see the input description for the modulus of subgrade reaction (below). Specify this value to use multiple branches in the diagram of stress versus displacement during virgin loading. The maximum number is 4. Also see the input description for the modulus of subgrade reaction (below) and for the earth pressure coefficients (above). This option is only used with the Tangent (MSheet Classic) definition.

Modulus of subgrade reaction Secant (CUR 166) This sub-window only appears if the Secant (CUR 166) definition has been selected in the Curve Settings window. In this sub-window the secant moduli can be defined according to CUR 166, either by selection of a predefined soil type, or by manual input.

Figure 19-19 Soil Layers window: Secant (CUR 166) k1, k2, k3 Enter descending values for the secant moduli at 50, 80 and 100 % of Ka - Kp (Figure 19-20), on the Top side and Bottom side of each soil layer. MSheet also applies the k1 value to unloading and reloading if the Use an unloading / reloading curve option has been selected in the Curve Settings window. Click this button to select a soil type directly from table 3.3 of the CUR 166 [Lit 5] (Figure 19-21). The soil type indication in the first column includes typical values of the CPT resistance qc. Only lowest values are given in MSheet to use the highest value the user must manually multiply the lowest value by 2.25.

Select from Table 3.3

178

MSHEET USER MANUAL

horizontal stress

k1

k2

k3 kpv

Kav

50%

80%

100%

horizontal displacement

Figure 19-20 Secant definition of stress-displacement diagram (CUR 166)

Figure 19-21 CUR 166 (Table 3.3) window Modulus of subgrade reaction Tangent (MSheet Classic) This sub-window appears when the Tangent (MSheet Classic) definition has been selected in the Curve Settings window. In this sub-window the tangent moduli can be manually defined, according to the classic MSheet definition.

Figure 19-22 Soil Layers window: Tangent (MSheet Classic) The following values can be specified for the tangent modulus of subgrade reaction at the top and bottom sides of the soil layer (see Figure 19-23, below). Enter the value for unloading/reloading, if this option was selected k0 unloading/rel in the Curve Settings window (see above). oading k1,k4 Enter descending values for the tangent moduli, at the Top side and the Bottom side of the soil layer, of the different branches. 1-3 [%] Define the intersection points of the branches, by entering the corresponding stress levels as a percentage of Ka - Kp.

REFERENCE

179

horizontal soil stress H

arctan k4

passive: Kpv
arctan k3

neutral: K0v active: Kav

arctan k2 1[%]

2[%] 3[%]

100%

arctan k1

horizontal displacement

Figure 19-23 Tangent definition of stress-displacement diagram (MSheet classic) 19.3.3 Soil Layers for single piles On the menu bar, click Soil and then choose Layers to open the input window. In this window, the names and properties of the soil layers can be entered. After input of the soil properties, soil layers can be linked to Soil Profiles and the water properties for the soil can be determined Soil layer name In this sub-window the soil layers can be defined. The soil layers entered here can be connected to the geometry using the Soil Profiles input window [ 19.3.4].

Figure 19-24 Soil Layers window: Soil layer name

180

MSHEET USER MANUAL

General In this sub-window the general soil parameters can be specified for a particular soil layer.

Figure 19-25 Soil Layers window: General Unsat. total unit weight Sat. total unit weight Cohesion, Phi The weight of a unit volume of soil above the water table (generally unsaturated). The weight of a unit volume of soil below the water table (generally saturated). Cohesion is the drained cohesion, Phi represents the friction angle of soil.

Earth pressure coefficients User-defined values for the earth pressure coefficients can be entered in this subwindow. Alternatively, for a pile loaded by forces, the earth pressure coefficients can be determined according to Brinch-Hansen.

Figure 19-26 Soil Layers window: Earth pressure coefficients (Pile loaded by forces)

Figure 19-27 Soil Layers window: Earth pressure coefficients (Pile loaded by soil displacements)

REFERENCE

181

Method Active, Neutral or Passive

Select Brinch-Hansen for determination of the earth pressure coefficient from the input cohesion and friction [ 31.2.1]. If User defined is selected, then enter values for the Active, Neutral, and Passive earth pressure coefficients (Ka, K0, Kp). The following restriction applies: 0 Ka K0 Kp.

When using the Brinch-Hansen method the same soil layer should not be used at different depths in a soil profile. Instead a copy of the soil should be made, with a different name. See [ 31.2.1] for more information. Modulus of subgrade reaction User-defined values for the modulus of subgrade reaction can be entered in this subwindow. Alternatively, for a pile loaded by forces, MSheet can calculate the modulus of subgrade reaction according to Mnards theory.

Figure 19-28 Soil Layers window: Modulus of subgrade reaction (Pile loaded by forces)

Figure 19-29 Soil Layers window: Modulus of subgrade reaction (Pile loaded by soil displacement) Emod/Soil type Mnard If Mnard is selected, then MSheet will determine the modulus of subgrade reaction from the input of the pressiometric modulus and the soil type. The background description on Mnards theory [ 31.2.2] includes a correlation between the pressiometric modulus and the cone resistance. The option Mnard is only available for single piles loaded by forces [ 19.1.1]. If User defined is selected, the values for the modulus of subgrade reaction at the top and bottom side of a layer can be entered manually.

After entering all the data in the Soil menu, proceed to the Loads menu.

182

MSHEET USER MANUAL

19.3.4 Soil Profiles Once the soil layers are defined, the soil profiles can be added. On the menu bar, click Soil and then choose Profiles to open the corresponding input window. In the input window, different profiles can be specified for each side and for each construction stage.

Figure 19-30 Soil Profiles window Soil profile name This field displays the name of the selected profile. The name of the profile can be overwritten if desired. Unique and recognizable names should be used because the profile name is used in other MSheet windows to select the appropriate soil data. Click the input field to select one of the available soil layers. A soil profile must be specified for each stage. On the basis of layers that are fully or partially located under the specified surface level, MSheet itself defines the soil layers that are present during a construction stage. However, there must be soil present at the location of the specified surface. Because the surface does not need to be horizontal, a soil layer may sometimes be above the sheet piling. Enter the level of the top of the soil layer. The soil layers must be entered from top to bottom. The bottom soil layer is assumed to be infinitely thick.

Soil layer

Top level [m]

REFERENCE

183

Additional Pore Pressure (top/bottom)

Enter the additional pore water pressure at the top and bottom of each soil layer. The additional pressure is modeled as varying linearly over the layer. The total pore water pressure is taken as the sum of the additional pore pressure and the hydrostatic pore water pressure (see [ 19.3.5]). See the Note below.

NOTE: If the surface does not run horizontally, the additional pore water pressure at the surface level is not always equal to zero. MSheet does not adjust the additional pore water pressure, but displays a warning in the output file instead. A warning is also displayed if an additional pore water pressure is entered above the water level. 19.3.5 Water Levels On the menu bar, click Soil and then choose Water Levels to open the corresponding input window. In the input window, different water levels can be specified.

Figure 19-31 Water Levels window Name Enter a name for the water level. Use unique and recognizable names, because the water level name is used in other MSheet windows to select the appropriate data. Enter the water level (relative to the reference level).

Level [m]

MSheet models hydrostatic pore water pressures by defining the hydrostatic pressure at a point as proportional to its depth below the water level. If a total pore pressure distribution other than this triangular, hydrostatic, distribution is required then the user must also input additional pore pressures for each layer [ 19.3.4]. A water level will only be active in the stages that are selected using the Stage Composer [ 2.6] or the Stages Overview window [ 19.6.2].

184

MSHEET USER MANUAL

19.3.6 Water Properties On the menu bar, click Soil and then choose Water to open the corresponding input window. Use the dialog box to modify the unit weight of water, if required. The default value is 9.81 kN/m3. Mark the Save as default checkbox to make the input value the default for all future projects.

Figure 19-32 Water Properties window After entering all the data in the Soil menu, proceed to the Loads menu.

19.4 Loads menu

The Loads menu can be used to define various types of loads. 19.4.1 Uniform loads for retaining walls On the menu bar, click Loads and then choose Uniform Loads to open the corresponding input window.

Figure 19-33 Uniform Loads window Name This field displays the name of the displayed load, which can be overwritten. Use unique and recognizable names because the load name is used in other windows of MSheet to select the appropriate data. Enter the magnitude of the load on the left hand side of the sheet pile wall. Enter the magnitude of the load on the right hand side of the sheet piling.

Load on the left side [kN/m] Load on the right side [kN/m]

REFERENCE

185

Partial factor (verification)

Enter the value of the partial factor to be applied to the magnitude of the surcharge during the CUR 166 design procedure. For information on what partial factor to apply see [ 29.3]. This option is available only if the CUR verification module is selected in the Model window [ 19.1.1].

A uniform load consists of a distributed vertical q-load acting on the horizontal soil surface, from the sheet piling to infinity. The value of the q-load can be different on each side of the sheet piling.
q-load

sheet piling

Figure 19-34 Distribution of uniform load

NOTE:

Uniform loads can be used only with a horizontal surface.

A uniform load will only be active in the stages that are selected using the Stage Composer [ 2.6] or the Stages Overview window [ 19.6.2]. 19.4.2 Surcharges for retaining walls On the menu bar, click Loads and then choose Surcharge Loads to open the corresponding input window. A non-uniform surcharge acts on the soil surface to the left or right of the sheet pile wall. Enter value of the load at several distances from the sheet pile wall. Between these points, linear interpolation is used. Up to 10 surcharge loads can be added.

Figure 19-35 Surcharge Loads window

186

MSHEET USER MANUAL

Surcharge load name

Partial factor (verification)

Distance [m]

Load [kN/m]

This field displays the name of the displayed load, which can be overwritten. Use unique and recognizable names because the load name is used in other windows of MSheet to select the appropriate data. Enter the partial factor to be applied to the magnitude of the surcharge during the CUR 166 design procedure. This option is available only if the CUR verification module is selected in the Model window [ 19.1.1]. Enter the distance from the sheet piling to the relevant part of the surcharge. A surcharge always acts on the soil surface. The distances to the sheet piling are always positive and must be entered in ascending order. The maximum number of points is 15. Enter the magnitude of the surcharge at each point.

load
1

10

distance

Figure 19-36 Distribution of surcharges according to the inputted values of Figure 19-35 NOTE: The surcharge can only be applied if method c, , (Culmann) has been selected [ 19.1.1]. MSheet models surcharges using Boussinesqs formula [ 0]. A surcharge will only be active in the stages that are selected using the Stage Composer [ 2.6] or the Stages Overview window [ 19.6.2]. 19.4.3 Horizontal line loads for retaining walls and single piles On the menu bar, click Loads and then choose Horizontal Line Loads to open the corresponding input window. Horizontal line loads are loads perpendicular to the sheet piling, directed towards the right. Up to 10 loads can be added.

REFERENCE

187

Figure 19-37 Horizontal Line Loads window Name The name of the horizontal line load can be overwritten. Use unique and recognizable names because the load name is used in other windows of MSheet to select the appropriate data. Enter the vertical position of the line load in relation to the reference level. The value must be above the foot, and below the top, of the sheet piling. Enter the magnitude of the line load per running meter. MSheet assumes that a force with positive sign points to the right.

Level [m]

Load [kN/m]

level

force

sheet piling

Figure 19-38 Example of a positive horizontal line load A horizontal line load will only be active in the stages that are selected using the Stage Composer [ 2.6] or the Stages Overview window [ 19.6.2]. 19.4.4 Moments for retaining walls and single piles On the menu bar, click Loads and then choose Moments to open the corresponding input window. When, for example, a floor is connected to the sheet pile wall a moment load can occur along the length of the sheet pile wall. Up to 10 moments can be added.

188

MSHEET USER MANUAL

Figure 19-39 Moments window Name The name of the moment load can be overwritten. Use unique and recognizable names, because the load name is used in other windows of MSheet to select the appropriate data. Enter the vertical position of the moment in relation to the reference level. The values must be within the range of the top and the foot of the sheet piling. Enter the magnitude of the moment per running meter. A moment with a rotation from the positive X-axis to the positive Y-axis (counter clockwise) receives a positive sign.

Level [m]

Moment [kNm/m']

level

moment

sheet piling

Figure 19-40 Example of a positive moment A moment will only be active in the stages that are selected using the Stage Composer [ 2.6] or the Stages Overview window [ 19.6.2]. 19.4.5 Normal forces for retaining walls and single piles On the menu bar, click Loads and then choose Normal Forces to open the following window.

REFERENCE

189

Figure 19-41 Normal Forces window Name Enter a name for the force. Use unique and recognizable names, because the load name is used in other windows of MSheet to select the appropriate data. Enter the value of the normal force at the levels explained above.

Force at

Normal forces, ie distributed forces that act along the axis of the sheet piling section, introduce an additional (secondary) moment. Due to wall friction, the normal force (the result of an applied vertical line load) will decrease along the depth of the sheet piling. To account for this friction, the user may input the value of the normal force at the following levels: top of the sheet piling surface levels at the left-hand and right-hand side toe of the sheet piling. If friction is to be ignored (conservative) then the same value can be entered at all levels. Up to 10 normal forces can be added. A normal force load will only be active in the stages that are selected using the Stage Composer [ 2.6] or the Stages Overview window [ 19.6.2]. 19.4.6 Soil displacements for single piles This option is available only for single piles loaded by soil displacements [ 19.1.1]. See [ 31.1] for background information. On the menu bar, click Loads and then choose Soil Displacements to open the corresponding input window. Undisturbed soil displacements can be entered at a number of points along the total length of the pile. Up to 10 soil displacements can be entered.

190

MSHEET USER MANUAL

Figure 19-42 Soil Displacements window Level Enter the vertical position (relative to the reference level) of the points where the soil displacement is to be defined. The first point must coincide with the top of the sheet piling, and the last point with the foot of the sheet piling even if the displacement there is zero. The intermediate points must be in order of decreasing level. Enter the magnitude of the undisturbed soil displacement. A soil displacement in the direction of the positive X-axis (to the right) receives a positive sign.

Displacement [m]

19.5 Supports menu

Anchors, struts and other supports can be defined using the options in the Supports menu. 19.5.1 Anchors for retaining walls On the menu bar, click Supports and then choose Anchors to open the corresponding input window.

Figure 19-43 Anchors window

REFERENCE

191

Name Level E-modulus Cross section Wall Height

Length Angle

Yield Force Side

Enter the name of the anchor. Enter the vertical co-ordinate of the connection of the anchor to the sheet pile wall (measured relative to the reference level). Enter the Youngs Modulus of the anchor, E. Enter the cross-sectional area of the anchor, A. Enter the vertical dimension of the anchor wall. This only need be specified if MSheet is to perform a stability check of the anchor wall according to Kranz [Lit 4] (see [chapter 26]). Enter the length of the anchor tendon. Enter the angle between the anchor tendon and the horizontal axis. A negative angle indicates an anchor tendon that runs downwards from the sheet pile wall. Enter the yield force for the anchor. Select if the anchor is to be on the right- or left-hand side of the sheet piling.

Anchors can be pre-tensioned with an initial force to support the sheet pile wall. Each construction stage can have its own anchors and up to 10 anchors can be added. Pretensioned anchors are modeled by the pre-stress force, with no associated stiffness for the stage in which the pre-stress force is applied. For all other stages MSheet models anchors using discrete springs. MSheet always uses a zero pressure condition in the stress strain relation (Figure 19-44).
tensile stress limited capacity pre- stress zero pressure condition tensile strain

Figure 19-44 Stress-strain diagram for an anchor MSheet calculates the stiffness of the anchor using the following equation: ( 10 )
springconstant = modulus of elasticity area length

Grout Anchors To model a grout anchor, define the anchor wall height as zero. The effective length of the anchorage is measured from the sheet pile wall to the middle of the grout body. An anchor will only be active in the stages that are selected using the Stage Composer [ 2.6] or the Stages Overview window [ 19.6.2].

192

MSHEET USER MANUAL

19.5.2 Struts for retaining walls On the menu bar, click Supports and then choose Struts to open the corresponding input window (Figure 19-45).

Figure 19-45 Struts window Name Level E-modulus Cross section Length Angle Enter the name of the strut. Enter the vertical co-ordinate of the connection between the sheet pile wall and the strut (relative to the reference level). Enter the Youngs Modulus of the strut, E. Enter the cross-sectional area of the strut, A. Enter the length of the strut. Enter the angle between the strut and the horizontal axis. A negative angle indicates a strut that runs downwards from the sheet pile wall. Enter the buckling force of the strut. Select if the strut is to be on the right- or left-hand side of the sheet pile wall.

Buckling Force Side

Struts can be pre-compressed with an initial force to support the sheet pile wall. Each construction stage can have its own struts and up to 10 struts can be added. MSheet models struts using discrete springs. MSheet always uses a zero tension condition in the stress strain relation (Figure 19-46).
compressive stress limited capacity pre- stress zero tension condition compressive strain

Figure 19-46 Stress-strain diagram for a strut MSheet calculates the stiffness of the strut using the following equation: ( 11 )
springconstant = modulus of elasticity area length

REFERENCE

193

A strut will only be active in the stages that are selected using the Stage Composer [ 2.6] or the Stages Overview window [ 19.6.2]. 19.5.3 Spring supports for retaining walls and single piles On the menu bar, click Supports and then choose Spring Supports to open the corresponding input window (Figure 19-47).

Figure 19-47 Spring Supports window Name Level Rotation [kNm/rad/m'] Translation [kN/m/m'] Enter the name of the support. Enter the vertical position of the support (relative to the reference level). Enter the magnitude of the spring stiffness against rotation. Enter the magnitude of the spring stiffness against translation.

A spring support provides an elastic resistance against translation or rotation. The stiffness of the spring is determined using the data entered for the spring constants for translation and/or rotation. ( 12 ) where: F M ktranslation krotation w
F = ktranslationw , M = k rotation

= = = = = =

spring force spring moment translational spring constant rotational spring constant displacement of the sheet piling rotation of the sheet piling.

A spring support will only be active in the stages that are selected using the Stage Composer [ 2.6] or the Stages Overview window [ 19.6.2].

194

MSHEET USER MANUAL

19.5.4 Rigid supports for retaining walls and single piles On the menu bar, click Supports and then choose Rigid Supports to open the corresponding input window (Figure 19-48).

Figure 19-48 Rigid Supports window Name Level Support type (Prevention of...) Enter the name of the rigid support Enter the vertical position of the support (relevant to the reference level). Click the input field to select the appropriate type of support: to prevent either translation, or rotation, or both.

Rigid supports can be used to suppress translation and/or rotation of the sheet piling at certain points. Up to 10 rigid supports can be added. A rigid support will only be active in the stages that are selected using the Stage Composer [ 2.6] or the Stages Overview window [ 19.6.2].

19.6 Stages menu

After the sheet piling, loading and supports have been defined, the construction stages can be described. 19.6.1 Stages Manager On the menu bar, click Stages and then choose Manager to open the input window. Click Add to add a new stage to the list or click Insert to insert a new stage before the stage currently selected. Click Rename to modify the current name. The Delete button removes the selected stage from the list. Note that at least one construction stage must always be present. Up to 50 stages can be defined. See Calculation Options [ 20.1] for how to compensate for an initial surcharge or nonhorizontal surface during the first stage.

REFERENCE

195

Figure 19-49 Stages Manager window 19.6.2 Stages Overview for retaining walls On the menu bar, click Stages and then choose Overview to open the Stages Overview window. This window serves the following purposes. An overview of loads, supports and additional data that may vary for each stage. Selection of specific loads, supports and additional input data for each stage. Input of anchor and strut forces, and the input of a prescribed pile top displacement.

Figure 19-50 Stages Overview window

196

MSHEET USER MANUAL

Pile Top Displacement Mark this checkbox to activate a prescribed piling top displacement for the selected stage. Positive values indicate a displacement to the right. Displacements are specified in relation to the configuration at the start of stage 1. If the checkbox is not marked, MSheet assumes that the top of the sheet piling can move freely. An alternative method of ensuring zero displacement of the top of the wall is to use a rigid support [ 19.5.4]. Methods For each side and for each stage, select the method that MSheet will use to calculate the lateral earth pressure ratios: C, phi, delta (cohesion, soil friction angle and friction angle between soil and wall): With this option selected MSheet derives the lateral earth pressure coefficients using Culmanns method. This method is the usual choice in most cases. It is based on straight slip surfaces and includes the influence of soil weight, non-horizontal ground surfaces and non-uniform surcharge. Ka, K0, Kp (active, neutral and passive lateral earth pressure coefficients): With this option selected, MSheet will use userspecified coefficients or ones derived automatically from the Mller-Breslau equations (straight slip surface, horizontal soil surface) or Ktter equations (curved slip surface, horizontal ground surface). For more details, see the Soil Layers input window [ 19.3.2]. Water levels For each side and for each stage, select the water level. Water levels may be added or modified in the Water Level window [ 19.3.5]. Surfaces For each side and for each stage, select one of the available ground surfaces from the drop down list. Ground surfaces may be added or modified in the Surfaces input window. Soil profiles For each side and for each stage, select one of the available layer profiles from the drop down list. Layer profiles may be added or modified in the Profiles input window. Anchors For each stage, select the anchors that are used by marking the corresponding checkboxes. Anchors may be added via the Supports menu. Pre-tensioning forces For each selected anchor, the corresponding checkbox in the list of pre-tensioning forces may be marked. Once a checkbox is marked, the pre-tensioning force can be entered in the same cell of the table. If an anchor is deselected, the corresponding pre-tensioning also becomes deselected, and the corresponding checkbox is disabled.

REFERENCE

197

Struts

Pre-compressions

Spring supports Rigid supports Uniform loads Surcharges Horizontal line loads Moments Normal forces

For each stage, select the struts that are to be used by marking the corresponding checkboxes. Struts may be added via the Supports menu. For each selected strut, the corresponding checkbox in the list of pre-compression forces may be marked. Once a checkbox is marked, the pre-compression force can be entered in the same cell of the table. If a strut is deselected, the corresponding pre-compression also becomes deselected, and the corresponding checkbox is disabled. Supports and loads may be selected for each stage by marking the corresponding check boxes. Supports and loads may be entered with the input windows in the Soil menu and the Loads menu. Surcharges may be selected to act on either side of the sheet piling.

For more detail about the menus mentioned above, see [ 19.3] to [ 19.5]. 19.6.3 Stage Overview for single piles On the menu bar, click Stage and then choose Overview to open the input window. This window allows an overall view of loads and supports being selected for a single pile analysis. Note also that working with construction stages is not possible for the single pile model.

Figure 19-51 Stage Overview window Water levels Surfaces Select the water level. Water levels may be added or modified in the Water Levels window [ 19.3.5]. Select one of the available ground surfaces from the dropdown list. Ground surfaces may be added or modified in the Surfaces window [ 19.3.1].

198

MSHEET USER MANUAL

Soil profiles

Spring supports Rigid supports Horizontal line loads Moments

Select one of the available layer profiles from the drop down list. Layer profiles may be added or modified in the Profiles input window [ 19.3.4]. All supports and loads may be selected by marking the corresponding check boxes. Supports and loads may be entered using the input windows in the Soil menu [ 19.3] and the Loads menu [ 19.3.4].

For more details about the menus mentioned above, see [ 19.3] and [ 19.3.4].

20
20 Calculations

20.1 Calculation Options for retaining walls

On the menu bar, click Calculation and then choose Options, to change the determination method for the earth pressure coefficients according to Culmann.

Figure 20-1 Calculation Options window First stage represents initial situation Coarse/Fine Mark this checkbox to let MSheet determine equal neutral stresses at both sides, for initially non-horizontal surfaces or initial surcharges. The possibilities and limitations are outlined below. Also see the background information [chapter 30]. Select either the faster, classic, coarse element determination of active and passive pressures, or the more accurate fine element determination. MSheet applies the fine determination implicitly when the First stage represents initial situation option has been selected. Note that the fine and coarse methods may yield different results.

200

MSHEET USER MANUAL

Reduce delta friction angle(s) according to CUR

Mark this checkbox to allow reduction of the wall friction angles according to CUR 166. This means that for 30, no change is made to ; for 30 < 35, is reduced to 16.6; and for > 35, is reduced to 17.2. This option is only available when using the c, phi, delta (Culmann) module. The checkbox is marked as default.

Possibilities and limitations of a first initial stage Only non-uniform loads and non-horizontal surfaces are allowed in combination with a first initial stage. Uniform loads, horizontal line loads, moments and normal forces cannot be used in a first initial stage. Sheet piling deformation will not occur in a first initial stage, unless the initial neutral soil stress becomes equal to the active or passive value at some part along the sheet piling. The layers and phreatic surface in a first initial stage must be continuous at the position of the sheet piling. The influence of sheet piling installation on soil stresses is not modeled. Coarse vs Fine calculation When performing calculations MSheet divides the sheet pile wall into elements. See [chapter 23] for information on how this division is performed. Each element contains 5 minor nodes. Using the fine option the earth pressure coefficients are calculated at the location of each node. Using the coarse option the earth pressure coefficient is assumed to be constant over the whole element.

20.2 Start Calculation for retaining walls

On the menu bar, click Calculation and then choose Start to start the calculation. If the input contains no errors, the Start Calculation window will be displayed (Figure 20-2).

Figure 20-2 Start Calculation window Recalculation earth pressure coefficients In order to review or modify the lateral earth pressure ratios that are calculated by the Culmann (c, phi, delta) method, select Manual. Selecting Automatic leaves the values as they are.

REFERENCE

201

Manual earth pressure coefficient calculation options

Select the Construction stage for which the earth pressure ratios are to be modified and click Editor. This will open the Fictive Earth Pressure Coefficients window, where the values can be viewed and modified. To restore the original Culmann values, click Recalculation.

Figure 20-3 Fictive Earth Pressure Coefficients window Select side to show coefficients Level [m] Ka, Ko, Kp The vertical position along the sheet piling for which the earth pressure coefficients have been calculated. The vertical position along the sheet piling. The active, neutral and passive earth pressure coefficient values, which can be modified.

Click OK in the Start Calculation window to perform the analysis (using the stated sheet piling length). After analysis is complete, close the Calculation Progress window. A report can now be generated [ 21.2]. If the sheet pile wall is found to be unstable then the calculation process is stopped and a warning appears to the effect Calculation finished: Sheet piling becomes unstable. The stage at which the instability occurred is also indicated in the Calculation Progress window.

20.3 Start Calculation for single piles

On the menu bar, click Calculation and then click Start. After analysis is complete, close the Calculation Progress window. A report can now be generated.

202

MSHEET USER MANUAL

20.4 Design Sheet Piling Length

On the menu bar, click Calculation and then choose Design Sheet Piling Length to design the sheet piling length.

Figure 20-4 Design Sheet Piling Length window NOTE: If CUR verification has been selected in the Model window [ 19.1.1] then MSheet will apply partial factors according to step 6.3 of the CUR design procedure [ 29.3]. These factors can either be applied to the selected stage only, or also to all preceding stages [ 29.2]. Construction stage Select the construction stage for which a stability analysis is to be used in order to determine the minimum length for the sheet piling. If CUR verification was selected in the Model window [ 19.1.1] then this option is available. Choose the required Partial factor set for the safety class of the CUR step-by-step design procedure [chapter 29] or select User defined to use a partial factor set defined by the user, maybe for checking against other codes such as the Eurocode 7. MSheet assumes that low representative values have been entered for cohesion and friction, and the modulus of subgrade reaction [ 19.3.2]. MSheet will divide the input cohesion and the angle of internal friction by class-dependent partial safety factors. MSheet will also divide the low representative value of the modulus of subgrade reaction by 1.3. If CUR verification was selected in the Model window [ 19.1.1] then this box appears. Select the button corresponding either to method I or method II [ 29.2]. Enter the range of pile lengths over which the analysis should be performed, and the Decrement in length for each analysis step.

Partial factor set

CUR method

Pile length From / Downto / Decrement

REFERENCE

203

Click Start to perform the analysis.

Figure 20-5 Design Sheet Piling Length output The report shows for each length decrement: the mobilized resistance, defined as the actual total passive soil reaction divided by the capacity of the total passive soil reaction at full yield the anchor force the extreme values for the bending moments along the sheet piling the maximum displacement along the sheet piling. The analysis stops if the sheet piling becomes unstable. Instability is defined as reaching 100% of the mobilized resistance, or as the maximum displacement exceeding 25% of the sheet piling length.

20.5 Verify Sheet Piling

On the menu bar, click Calculation and then choose Verify Sheet Piling This option is only available with the CUR Verification option enabled [ 19.1.1]. The verification is applicable to a sheet pile wall with multiple or single anchorage. In the window displayed, two different methods according to the CUR 166 design procedure can be selected (Figure 20-6).

204

MSHEET USER MANUAL

Figure 20-6 Verify Sheet Piling window, CUR method sub-window CUR method If the Partial factors (design values) in all stages (method I) method is selected, MSheet applies partial factors corresponding to the inputted set in all stages. If the Partial factors (design values) in verified stage only (method II) method is selected, MSheet applies partial factors corresponding to the inputted set only in the selected final stage(s), and all previous stages have the Representative set applied.

If the Partial factors (design values) in all stages (method I) method is selected, the following window is displayed (Figure 20-7).

Figure 20-7 Verify Sheet piling window (CUR method with Partial factors in all stages) Partial factor set Change the Partial factor set to the relevant safety class (I, II or III) according to CUR 166 or to the User defined partial factors set inputted in the Default Partial Factors window [ 19.1.2]. MSheet uses the partial factors set to modify the input cohesion, friction and modulus of subgrade reaction, during all stages. Enter a multiplication factor for the anchor stiffness. This factor is used in Analysis III of the verification (see below), for all stages. The default value is 1. Select this checkbox to perform an overall stability calculation using modified values for cohesion, friction angle and driving moment, depending on the Partial factor set chosen for all stages.

Anchor stiffness multiplication factor in all stages Check stability for all stages

REFERENCE

205

If the Partial factors (design values) in all stages (method II) method is selected, the following window is displayed Figure 20-8.

Figure 20-8 Verify Sheet Piling window (CUR method with Partial factors in verified stage only) Stage Verify List of the stages as defined in the Stages Manager window [ 19.6.1]. Select the Stage for which verification is to be performed by marking the relevant checkbox(es). Leaving the checkbox unselected means that this stage will not be specifically checked as a final stage. Change the Partial factor set to the relevant safety class (I, II or III) according to CUR 166 or to the User defined partial factors set inputted in the Default Partial Factors window [ 19.1.2]. MSheet uses the partial factors set to modify the input cohesion, friction and modulus of subgrade reaction, during the selected stage(s) only. Enter a multiplication factor for the anchor stiffness for the different stages. This factor is used in Step 9.1 of the verification (see below). The default value is 1. Select this checkbox to perform an overall stability calculation using modified values for cohesion, friction angle and driving moment, depending on the Partial factor set chosen for the selected stages.

Partial factor set

Anchor stiffness multiplication factor Check stability for all verified stages

Verification consists of the execution of six steps of the CUR 166 design procedure: Steps 6.1 and 6.3 determine the design moment and the shear force in the sheet piling at the Ultimate Limit State using a low design value design value for the modulus of subgrade reaction (k / k). For step 6.1, the water and surface levels at the passive side are increased whereas for step 6.3 they are lowered.

206

MSHEET USER MANUAL

Steps 6.2 and 6.4 determine the design moment and the shear force in the sheet piling at the Ultimate Limit State using a high design value for the modulus of subgrade reaction (k * 2.25). For step 6.2, the water and surface levels at the passive side are increased whereas for step 6.4 they are lowered. Step 6.5 determines the design value for deformation at the Serviceability Limit State. Step 9.1 determines the design value for the anchor force at the Ultimate Limit State by increasing the anchor stiffness using the multiplication factor specified in the input window (see above).

More detail on the procedure is given in [ 29.3]. During all steps, MSheet assumes that low representative values have been entered for cohesion and friction, as well as for the modulus of subgrade reaction (see Soil Layers [ 19.3.2]). The modified values of the soil properties and levels can be found in the verification report [ 21.3]. To start the verification, click Start. After analysis is complete, the results can be viewed by opening the Verification Report window from the Results menu [ 21.3].

20.6 Allowable Anchor Force

On the menu bar, click Calculation and then choose Allowable Anchor Force. This option is only available when the CUR Verification option has been enabled [ 19.1.1].

Figure 20-9 Allowable Anchor Force window Construction stage Partial factor set Select the stage for which the anchor force is to be verified. Change the Partial factor set to the relevant safety class (I, II or III) according to CUR 166 or to the User defined partial factors set inputted in the Default Partial Factors window [ 19.1.2]. MSheet uses the partial factors set to modify the input cohesion, friction and modulus of subgrade reaction, during the selected stage only.

REFERENCE

207

Kranz [Lit 4] has derived formulas for a short anchorage; this means that the passive slip surface from the sheet piling and the active slip surface from the anchor wall intersect. This intersection leads to a reduced capacity of the soil resistance against the anchor force. For a long anchorage, there is no intersection of the two slip surfaces and therefore no reduction of soil resistance capacity. The applicability of the method for a long anchorage is limited to anchor walls where the distance from the soil surface to the toe of the anchor wall is smaller than approximately twice the height of the anchor wall. Grout anchors are always considered a short anchorage. For background information, see Allowable Anchor Force [chapter 26]. To perform the verification, click Start. The output displays the relevant input data, the allowable anchor force and the resulting anchor force (Figure 20-10). View the slip surface and key data by clicking the Draw Results button (see Figure 20-11).

Figure 20-10 Allowable Anchor Force window showing results

208

MSHEET USER MANUAL

Figure 20-11 Allowable Anchor Force window Draw Results H L A Ea Er The height of the anchor wall. The length of the anchor. The cross sectional area of the anchor. The horizontal component of the resulting active force on the slip plane from the sheet piling alone. The horizontal component of the resulting reaction force on the slip plane from the toe of the sheet piling to the toe of the anchor wall (short anchorage). The horizontal component of the resulting active force on the slip plane from the anchor wall alone. The horizontal component of the force resulting from the cohesion along the slip plane from the toe of the sheet piling to the toe of the anchor wall (short anchorage). The factor due to the anchor inclination. The horizontal component of the resulting passive force on the slip plane from the anchor wall alone (long anchorage). The allowable anchor force. The representative value of the acting force.

Eo Ec

Es Ep Fmax Fact

20.7 Overall Stability

On the menu bar, click Calculation and then choose Overall Stability. This option is only available with the CUR Verification option enabled [ 19.1.1].

REFERENCE

209

Figure 20-12 Overall Stability window Construction stage Safety class Choose the stage to be checked. Choose the CUR 166 safety class [chapter 29]. For classes I to III, MSheet will reduce soil strength parameters and increase the driving moment according to CUR 166 table 2.7. Cohesion and friction angle are divided by 1.5 and 1.2 respectively, for all safety classes. The driving moment is multiplied by 0.9 (class I), 1.0 (class II) or 1.1 (class III). Use this option to generate input for a more detailed stability analysis with MStab.

Export calculation results to MStab

After clicking OK, MSheet will use Bishops method [chapter 27] to find the critical slip circle. The critical slip circle and stability factor are shown schematically in the result window.

Figure 20-13 Resulting Overall Stability

210

MSHEET USER MANUAL

21
21 View results

The options in the Results menu can be used to view the results of the performed calculations.

21.1 Report Selection

On the menu bar, click Results and then choose Report Selection to open the Report Selection window. In this window the report content can be selected for viewing, exporting and printing by marking the checkboxes in the tree view.

Figure 21-1 Report Selection window

212

MSHEET USER MANUAL

Include minor nodes

Multiple stage selection

Graphs

Select this option to display tabular results for every finite element node along the sheet piling, as opposed to just the major nodes. To apply the same result selection for all stages, first use the Multiple stage selection tree view on the right hand side. By clicking Apply to all stages, this general selection will be applied to the tree view on the left hand side. Clicking Select all and then Apply under Graphs will cause pictures of the geometry and graphs of the moments, forces and displacements to be included for all stages.

Click OK to generate a report with the selected content.

21.2 Report
On the menu bar, click Results and then choose Report to view the results of a regular analysis, in report format with tables and graphs [ 20.2]. Click the Print icon to print the report. Choose the Export Report option from the File menu to save the report, for example in RTF format. The report contains a selection from the following elements: Header with general data. Overview of general input. Summary of results: extreme values for all stages. Overview of the input for each construction stage, including modifications by a selected partial factor set class. Also a diagram of the geometry with layers and supports shown. Calculation results for each construction stage. Moments, forces, displacements and stresses along the sheet piling. Both tabular and graphical output. Soil Collapse. Output of the integrated horizontal forces on the left and right hand sides. MSheet calculates the mobilized force resistance from the ratio between the actual force and the maximum force along the passive side. In cases with a single support/anchor/strut, the maximum moment and the mobilized moment are also calculated, around the location of the support. On the passive side, MSheet only takes the stress contributions below that location into account. Vertical force balance [chapter 28], giving a rough indication of the upward forces that result from the friction by soil movement on the active and passive sides. This method is only useful if the friction is mainly caused by excavation, e.g. not by normal forces. Anchors/Struts

REFERENCE

213

The report is largely self-descriptive. Figure 21-2 displays fragments of the result sections.

Figure 21-2 Report fragments

214

MSHEET USER MANUAL

21.3 Verification Report

On the menu bar, click Results and then choose Verification Report to view the report for a CUR 166 verification analysis performed using the Verify Sheet Piling option from the Results menu [ 20.5]. Click on the Print icon to print the report. Choose the Export Report option from the File menu to save the report, for example in RTF format. The verification report contains: General input of the project. Table overview of the results obtained for the selected stages of the Verify Sheet Piling window [ 20.5], for six CUR 166 steps (6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5 and 9.1) plus step 6.5 using a multiplication of 1.2 for the displacement, moment and force. State of anchors and struts for each selected stages. Possible warnings indicating if uplift or instability occur during a stage. Inputs and results as described in the regular analysis report [ 21.2], for each selected stage and for the six CUR 166 steps. For background information on the CUR 166 verification steps, see [ 29.3].

Figure 21-3 Verification Report fragments

REFERENCE

215

21.4 Moments, Forces and Displacements

On the menu bar, click Results and then choose Moment/Force/Displacement Charts to view graphs of the bending moments, shear forces and displacements along the sheet piling.

Figure 21-4 Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window Click the Previous stage and Next stage icons, construction stages. , to view the results of the other

Click on the Print icon to print the displayed graphics. Click the right hand mouse button, and choose View Data to open the Chart Data window. In this window the data used to generate the charts can be viewed and copied, for example for use in spreadsheets. Note that the anchor force, Fanchor given is the actual total force in the anchor, whilst the shear force illustrated as acting on the sheet pile wall is only the horizontal component of the anchor force. Thus the size of the jump in the shear force diagram will only be the same as the value given for Fanchor if the anchor is horizontal.

216

MSHEET USER MANUAL

Figure 21-5 Chart Data window

21.5 Verification Moments, Forces and Displacements

On the menu bar, click Results and then choose Verification Moment/Force/Displacement Charts to plot graphs of the bending moments, shear forces and displacements along the sheet piling from a CUR 166 verification analysis performed using the Verify Sheet Piling option from the Results menu [ 20.5].

Figure 21-6 Verification Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window

REFERENCE

217

The verification graphs are available for the selected stage, for all six CUR 166 verification steps (6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5 and 9.1). See also the description for the Moment/Force/Displacement Charts from a regular analysis [ 21.4]. Click the View Verification Step icon to open a diagram of the changes made for the selected verification step. For background information on the CUR 166 verification steps, see [ 29.3].

21.6 Stress State Charts

On the menu bar, click Results and then choose Stress State Charts to plot graphs of the effective stress, water pressure and resulting stress acting on the sheet pile wall.

Figure 21-7 Stress State Charts window Click the Previous stage and Next stage buttons, construction stages. Click the Print button to print the displayed graphics. Click the right hand mouse button, and choose View Data to open the Chart Data window. In this window the data used to generate the charts can be viewed and copied, for example for use in spreadsheets. , to view the results of the other

218

MSHEET USER MANUAL

Figure 21-8 Chart Data window

21.7 Stress Diagrams

On the menu bar, click Results and then choose Stress Diagrams to view the effective stress , the pore pressure U and the resulting stress R acting on the sheet pile wall, displayed over the soil, sheet piling and anchorage.

Figure 21-9 Stress Diagrams window

REFERENCE

219

Click the Previous stage and Next stage icons, construction stages. Click the Print icon to print the displayed graphics.

, to view the results of the other

Click the , U and R buttons to view the different stress representations.

220

MSHEET USER MANUAL

22
22 E-Consult module

During the analysis of a sheet pile wall, after verifying the walls stability, it is also important to perform a feasibility check. For this purpose, the use of the E-Consult module helps the user to evaluate the feasibility of a project by comparison with prior experiences. Two experience sources are available in the E-Consult module: In order to check the feasibility of sheet pile driving, the NVAF (Nederlandse Vereniging Aannemers Funderingstechnieken) has written a number of instructions in a handbook [Lit 20] published in 2002. The E-Consult module supports part of this by means of the so-called NVAF lines, representing the relation between the sheet piling length and the resisting moment. These lines and the way to use them are presented in [ 22.1]. At the same time, a project called GeoBrain was started in 2002 at GeoDelft which aims to develop a prediction model for the feasibility of different types of geotechnical engineering works. The details of hundreds of projects involving the driving of sheet pilings were received for study. The E-Consult module gives access for the user to those experiences, as explained in [ 22.2]. To open the E-Consult Sheet Piling Installation module window, click the Sheet Pile Installation option from the E-Consult menu.

22.1 NVAF lines

When the Show NVAF lines option from the E-Consult Sheet Pile Installation window is selected, the chart shown in Figure 22-1 appears, representing the relation between the resisting moment and the sheet pile length. Different lines are represented corresponding to different driving strengths in kN.

222

MSHEET USER MANUAL

Figure 22-1 E-Consult Sheet Pile Installation window, Show NVAF lines option In the Experience lines NVAF option, different lines can be selected from a menu, as shown in Figure 22-2.

Figure 22-2 Experience lines NVAF menu A distinction is made between High Frequency (HF) and Low Frequency (LF) vibrations for the sheet pile driving. For both vibration frequencies, general charts (ending with the number 5, 10, 15 or 20, for example HF 15) and charts for the most important cities of the Netherlands (for example HF Rotterdam) are available. The final number of the general charts corresponds to the average cone resistance of the soil in MPa. For example, <LF 10> means sheet pilings driven using low frequency vibrations in a soil having an average cone resistance of 10 MPa. In the graph Resisting moment vs. Sheet Pile length, the current sheet pile input is indicated by a blue point [ 19.2.4]. According to Figure 22-1, it is an <AZ 13> sheet piling profile with a resisting moment of 1300 cm3/m and a length of 16 m. If this point lies below the NVAF-lines, successful pile driving is guaranteed for the selected sheet piling profile. If the point lies above the NVAF-lines (which is the case in Figure 22-1), damage could occur during pile driving. In the latter case, the sheet piling

REFERENCE

223

properties need to be changed either by decreasing the sheet pile length, or by increasing the resisting moment. To do this, click the Browse button on the right side of the Resisting moment input field. In the Sheet Piling Profiles Library window displayed (see [ 19.2.4]), select a sheet piling profile which matches with the required condition. This selected profile is indicated with a black square in the graph Resisting moment vs. Sheet pile length. In our case, a <PU 17> profile with a resisting moment of 1715 cm3/m is selected, as shown in Figure 22-3.

Figure 22-3 E-Consult Sheet Pile Installation window after manual selection of sheet piling profile PU 17 New calculations must be performed with this new profile to verify the sheet piling stability [chapter 20]. For a detailed description on the use of the E-Consult module with NVAF experience lines, see the Experience data tutorial example [chapter 15] or [Lit 20].

22.2 Experiences
When selecting the Show Experiences option from the E-Consult Sheet Pile Installation window, the chart of Figure 22-4 below appears, representing Resisting moment vs. Sheet pile length. Each point represented corresponds to a performed project. Different colors and markers are used for the points depending on whether the experience was Good, Moderate or Poor.

224

MSHEET USER MANUAL

Figure 22-4 E-Consult Sheet Pile Installation window, Show Experiences option In the Region option, different regions from the Netherlands can be selected from a menu, as shown in Figure 22-5.

Figure 22-5 Region menu To get the most relevant information about each project, move the cursor over the project. To view all of the information, click on the project and read the following information at the right side of E-Consult Sheet Piling Installation module window: Projectnaam The name of the project. Datum uitvoering The date of construction. Straat en Plaats The location of the project: street and the city names. Sondering The name of the *.gef file containing the boring results. Type profiel The type of sheet piling profile. Enkele planken Single sheet piling: Ja = Yes and Nee = No. Dubbele planken Double sheet piling: Ja = Yes and Nee = No. Drieling planken Triple sheet piling: Ja = Yes and Nee = No. Lengte van planken The length of the sheet piling. Gebruikt trilblok The type of vibration used.

REFERENCE

225

Hoog/laag frequent Project resultaat

The type of vibration frequency: Hoog = High and Laag = Low. The characteristic of the project results: Goed = Good, Matig = Moderate and Slecht = Poor.

In Figure 22-4 it can be seen that the blue circle and black box denoting MSheet and manual input respectively lie within the general area for which experience has been obtained. This is an indication that the installation has a fairly common combination of sheet pile length and resisting moment, although if there are a lot of Poor experiences near to an input this could be an indication that the combination is likely to experience problems on installation. When using the E-Consult module, the aim is not to judge the feasibility of the project as input into MSheet but only to provide the user with experiences on practical feasibility. The user retains the final responsibility for the project.

226

MSHEET USER MANUAL

Introduction Tutorial Reference Background Verification

228

MSHEET USER MANUAL

23
23 Governing Equation

The retaining wall is modeled as an elastic beam on a foundation of uncoupled springs (representing the soil). MSheet applies the assumption of Bernoulli; this means that cross-sections of the beam are assumed to remain straight and perpendicular to the beam axis. The behavior of such a beam can be described by the following differential equation:
bEI d 4w dx
4

( 13 ) where: w f EI x N b

+N

d 2w dx 2

= bf (x , w )

= the horizontal displacement of the beam = the total pressure on the beam per running meter, including the reaction of the soil springs = the flexural stiffness of the beam (E = Youngs modulus, I = moment of inertia) = the co-ordinate along the axis of the beam = the normal force in the beam = the acting width of the beam

MSheet solves equation ( 13 ) numerically using the finite element method. This means that the wall is divided into a number of sub-sections (called elements) that are connected at the edges. These connections are called nodes. At these nodes, the displacements and rotations of both connected elements are equal, thus creating a continuous beam. MSheet automatically defines the position of the nodes. Nodes are always created at: boundaries of soil layers boundaries of water pressures boundaries of wall segments with different properties points with discontinuities (for example, an anchor point).

230

MSHEET USER MANUAL

The length of an element never exceeds 1/20 of the total wall length. Each element is further sub-divided into 5 sections. Displacements, shear forces, bending moments and horizontal water and soil pressures are determined for each boundary of a section.

24
24 Lateral Earth Pressure Ratio

The lateral earth pressure ratio K is defined as the ratio between the horizontal and vertical effective stresses. ( 14 )
K =

h' v'

Initial Stress MSheet uses Jkys formula to determine the lateral stress ratio at initial stress, see [ 24.1] below. Yield MSheet uses slip surface theories to determine the lateral stress for active and passive yielding. Passive yielding occurs when the ultimate soil stress under compression is reached. Active yielding occurs when the ultimate soil stress under extension is reached. The assumed shape of the slip surface will influence the calculated earth pressure values. Theoretically, straight slip surfaces only occur when wall friction is absent. Since wall friction is always present in reality, actual slip surfaces will always be curved. However, when determining the active lateral earth pressure there is just a minor difference between values based on straight and curved slip surfaces. On the other hand, a passive lateral earth pressure based on a straight slip surface can considerably exaggerate the real value. This is especially true for soils with high friction angles (). The Muller-Breslau and Culmann methods of determining earth pressure coefficients is based upon straight slip surfaces. Using straight slip surfaces has limitations, as described in the NEN 6740, 12.4.2.2 [Lit 12] and CUR 166 [Lit 16]. Generally the Muller-Breslau (and Culmann) method is used when the soils friction angle, phi, is equal or less than 30. The Kotter method is generally used for larger friction angles. The method selected also has an impact on the way the delta friction

232

MSHEET USER MANUAL

angle is determined. Suggestions for correlations between the friction angle and the delta friction angle are available in literature. The information in the following sections describes how MSheet determines the yield values of the lateral stress ratio for the following methods: Culmann: straight slip surfaces with arbitrary directions. Mller-Breslau: straight slip surface, assuming zero weight and horizontal surface. Ktter: curved slip surface, assuming zero weight and horizontal surface. Surcharge When a surcharge is present, MSheet determines an additional lateral pressure ratio, using Boussinesqs equation [ 0], to obtain the neutral earth pressure. The Culmann method is used to determine the active and passive earth pressures.

24.1 Initial Stress

MSheet determines the neutral coefficient of earth pressure (at rest) for a horizontal soil surface using Jkys formula [Lit 10]: ( 15 )
K 0 = 1 sin

This formula applies to normally consolidated soil and is not valid for soils with high degrees of overconsolidation.

24.2 Culmann
For non-horizontal soil surfaces, values of the coefficients of active and passive lateral earth pressure (Ka and Kp) can be found using Culmanns formulas [Lit 3].
B

W N Q T N T Q B W

Figure 24-1 Lateral earth pressure using Culmanns method

BACKGROUND

233

The method is based on the equilibrium between the applied surcharge B, the soil weight W, the total force from the sheet piling Q, the normal force N and the shear force T along one straight slip surface, as illustrated below. The Culmann method takes the stratification of soil along the slip surface into account. MSheet iteratively determines a slip surface that results in the maximum active pressure and the minimum passive pressure. From this calculated pressure, MSheet determines different coefficients in each point from the top to the toe of the sheet pile wall.

24.3 Mller-Breslau (straight slip surface)

The formula of Mller-Breslau [Lit 1] assumes a straight slip surface with an angle in homogeneous soil:
4 2

MSheet uses the following equations, which have been simplified by assuming a vertical sheet pile wall and horizontal ground surface:
Ka = cos2 1 + sin sin( + ) cos
2

( 16 )

and
Kp = cos2 1 sin sin( + ) cos
2

( 17 )

where: = the angle of wall friction = the soil friction angle The validity of equation ( 17 ) is limited to the following conditions for sheet pilings with a rough surface: 30 for rough steel sheet pilings and comparable walls 35 for rough concrete sheet pilings. Negative values cannot be entered. MSheet will add a negative sign to when determining Kp.

234

MSHEET USER MANUAL

24.4 Ktter (Curved Slip Surfaces)

For calculations based on curved slip surfaces, MSheet uses formulas based on Ktters equations [Lit 2]. These equations assume the following: an unloaded horizontal soil surface homogeneous soil with a volumetric weight of zero a slip plane consisting of a logarithmic spiral and a straight part.
Ka = 1 sin sin(2 + ) exp + + 2 tan (1 + sin ) 2 sin sin

( 18 )

with : cos(2 + ) =

( 19 )

Kp =

1 + sin sin(2 ) exp + 2 tan (1 sin ) 2 sin sin

with : cos(2 + ) =

24.5 Surcharge according to Boussinesq

MSheet uses Boussinesqs formula to determine the additional horizontal earth pressures due to the surcharge loads [Lit 11]. MSheet also models a non-horizontal surface as a horizontal surface with an applied surcharge load. NOTE: If the distance between the surcharge and the wall exceeds 5 times the height of the wall, MSheet does not take the surcharge into account. The formula is based on the principle of superposition. A specific surcharge can therefore be achieved by applying multiple line loads. Since the original formula is valid for a homogeneous, semi-infinite solid, some adaptation is needed in order to include the influence of the sheet pile wall. Therefore, a multiplication factor f is applied to the Boussinesq stress, resulting in the following formula:

( 20 )

h = f

2Px 2 y r 4

BACKGROUND

235

where: h f f r P x,y

= additional horizontal earth pressure due to line load = 1 for x > 1 = 2 - x/l for x 1 = x + y = line load [kN/m] = horizontal and vertical coordinates [m].

236

MSHEET USER MANUAL

25
25 Soil Strength and Stiffness

MSheet uses an elasto-plastic description to model the strength and the stiffness of soil. In an elasto-plastic description, the equivalent stiffness during virgin loading differs from the elastic stiffness during unloading/reloading. The strength and stiffness can be changed between different construction stages.

25.1 Strength
When applying the calculation formulas of Mller-Breslau or Ktter, MSheet uses the equations below to determine the yield stresses from the active and passive lateral effective earth pressures. ( 21 )

a ' = K a v '2c K a

( 22 )

p ' = K p v '+2c K p

with v 0 and p o a 0. The linear distribution of vertical stress that MSheet assumes in order to apply these formulas is only accurate for zero or uniform loads and horizontal surfaces. Wall Friction The following values for the angle of wall friction (Table 25-1) may be used for clay, silt, sand and gravel. In the case of peat, the angle of wall friction should be set to zero.

238

MSHEET USER MANUAL

Table 25-1 - Angle of wall friction values wall surface roughness very rough rough semi-rough smooth > 10 d50 0.5 -10 d50 0.1-0.5 d50 < 0.1 d50

for straight slip surface 0.67 0.67 0.33 0

for curved slip surface -2.5 and 27.5 0

25.2 Stiffness
The modulus of subgrade reaction, k describes the ratio between an increment of horizontal stress and an increment of sheet pile wall displacement. ( 23 )
k= d H dw H

The modulus of subgrade reaction is not a constant value, but actually depends on the depth in the soil and the magnitude of the deformation. Correlation with other data is commonly used (for example, with a cone penetration resistance qc or a Youngs modulus). General guidelines on how to determine the modulus of subgrade reaction are contained in Terzaghi [Lit 6] and Mnard [Lit 8]. For Dutch conditions, additional guidelines are provided in CUR publication 166 [Lit 5]. Fortunately, the influence of a change in the value of k on the resulting moments, forces and displacements is relatively small, since the effect of k is only to the power of 1/4 (see equation ( 13 ) in [chapter 23]). Unloading in MSheet results in elasto-plastic behavior, as shown in Figure 25-1, below:
h p

B displacement w

Figure 25-1 Elasto-plastic behavior

BACKGROUND

239

25.3 Construction Stages

In MSheet, a calculation may involve several construction stages. From stage to stage soil pressures can change due to excavation, a change in the water table, etc. In such a case, MSheet uses the following calculation procedure to determine the soil stress and stiffness. If the vertical stress changes, MSheet performs a shift in the diagram that relates the horizontal stress to the displacement. The horizontal stress increment is related to the vertical stress increment by means of H = K 0 V (see Figure 25-2 below). New horizontal soil pressures acting on the wall (h*) are determined on the basis of the new spring characteristics (k*) and the wall displacement from the previous stage (w0 in the illustration). These new pressures mean that there is no longer equilibrium for the wall displacement w0. Therefore, new displacements are calculated (based on the new spring characteristics).
horizontal earth pressure p *h h

arctan k*

p = n - n

arctan k

displacement w

Figure 25-2 Shift of horizontal stress values between stages

240

MSHEET USER MANUAL

26
26 Allowable anchor force

MSheet checks if the stability of the anchor wall is influenced by the stability of the sheet piling. MSheet assumes straight slip planes for this check and uses the Culmann method to determine the active slip plane from the rotation point of the sheet pile wall and the passive plane from the toe of the anchor wall. The rotation point of the sheet pile wall is taken to be the first point above the toe of the wall for which the shear force is zero. If the slip planes intersect, the anchor is treated as a short anchorage [ 26.1] and a slip plane from the rotation point of the sheet piling to the toe of the anchor wall is assumed according to Kranz theory [Lit 4]. If the slip planes do not intersect, the anchor is treated as a long anchorage [ 26.2] and the plate is analyzed as a stand-alone anchorage plate. Grout anchors are always considered as a short anchorage.

26.1 Short anchorage

For a short anchorage, the active and passive slip planes intersect, as shown in Figure 26-1. The analysis is therefore performed assuming a deep slide plane between the retaining wall rotation point and the toe of the anchor wall.

242

MSHEET USER MANUAL

passive slip plane

active slip plane

L H Ea Er 2 = arc tan rotation point H -T L cos B Ec Eo T

Figure 26-1 Stability of anchor wall for a short anchor (Kranz theory) The equilibrium of the forces from the sheet piling, the anchor plate, the slip plane and the weight of vertical soil slices lead to the allowable anchor force: ( 24 )
P= E a (E0 + Er ) + E c Es

where: E a = 1 K a H 2 2c K a H 2 E o = 1 K a T 2 2c K aT 2 H +T E r = L cos tan( ) 2 E C = cL cos

E S = cos sin tan( )

Active pressure on the sheet pile Active pressure on the anchor wall Horizontal pressure on deep slide plane Horizontal cohesive force along the slide plane Factor due to the anchor inclination Lateral earth pressure ratio at active yielding

Ka =

1 sin 1 + sin

26.2 Long anchor

For a long anchorage, the active and passive slip planes do not intersect, as indicated in Figure 26-2.

BACKGROUND

243

Ep

E0

Figure 26-2 Stability of anchor wall for a long anchor The equilibrium of the forces from the sheet piling and the anchor plate lead to the allowable anchor force: ( 25 )
P = E p E0

where: E p = 1 K p T 2 + 2c K p T 2 E0 = 1 K a T 2 2c K a T 2 1 sin Ka = 1 + sin

Kp = 1 + sin 1 sin

Passive pressure on the anchor wall Active pressure on the anchor wall Lateral earth pressure ratio at active yielding Lateral earth pressure ratio at passive yielding

NOTE: The applicability of the method for long anchorage is limited to anchor walls where T is smaller than approximately twice the height of the anchor wall.

244

MSHEET USER MANUAL

27
27 Overall Stability

MSheet uses the Bishop method with circular slip planes to estimate the overall soil stability [Lit 22]. A stability analysis according to Bishop assumes a circular slip surface, defined by a center point and a tangent line. MSheet uses a grid of trial center points for the centre of the slip surface. The initial center points range from 4 m above to 4 m below the top of the sheet piling in the vertical direction, and from 1 m to 7 m from the sheet piling on the passive side in the horizontal direction. The grid spacing is 1 meter in each direction. Twelve trial tangent lines are used, ranging from 1 m below the toe of the sheet piling to half the length of the sheet piling below the toe. MSheet iteratively moves the grid of trial center points in the direction of the lowest safety factor. MSheet assumes that all uniform loads end at a distance from the wall of 5 times the length of the sheet piling. MSheet does not take into account any stability reduction due to an intersection of the slip plane with the anchorage plate.

peat

peat

clay

AZ 13

clay

sand

sand

Figure 27-1 Circular slip surface according to Bishop method

246

MSHEET USER MANUAL

Optionally an input file and geometry file can be written for further stability analysis with MStab see [ 20.7]. Cohesion and phi are written as representative values. A nonuniform surcharge from MSheet is written to the MStab input file as a mean value. This may create a small difference between the stability results from MStab and MSheet.

28
28 Vertical Force Balance

The vertical force balance check checks that the sum of the forces acting downwards on the sheet pile wall does not exceed the resistance of the soil at the toe of the wall. MSheet determines the resulting vertical force in the upward direction. Usually a negative value will result, meaning the actual force is acting downward and will be transmitted to the soil at the toe of the sheet piling. MSheet considers the following contributions to the vertical force acting on the sheet pile wall: Normal forces acting on the wall; The vertical component of anchor forces; The resulting force downwards from friction on the active side; The resulting force upwards from friction on the passive side. The dead weight of the sheet piling is neglected. The resulting vertical force by friction is determined by integration along the sheet piling, assuming that the vertical stress is equal to the horizontal stress times the tangent of the wall friction angle . MSheet cannot determine the vertical forces caused by soil friction in detail, because the required knowledge of the relative vertical displacement history is not produced as a result of MSheet analysis. By default MSheet uses the safe assumption that friction acts downwards on the active side, and upwards on the passive side (Figure 28-1). This assumption is only useful if the default direction of the friction along the sheet piling is mainly caused by the effect of the excavation itself. This may not be the case when normal force loading also occurs.

248

MSHEET USER MANUAL

Figure 28-1 Assumed vertical friction forces The calculated resulting vertical force is compared to the vertical force capacity of the soil: If Fv Fmax , the vertical force capacity is sufficient If Fv > Fmax , the vertical force capacity is not sufficient where:
Fmax =

( 26 )

pr ;max; po int Ab m,b

where: F msx

pr;point;max A B

m,b

= vertical force capacity = cone resistance factor = representative cone resistance = cross-sectional area (unplugged pile only, plugged pile and soil) = acting width = partial material factor

MSheet performs this check for the case where plugging does not occur and also where it does. In this latter case the area is taken to be the cross-sectional area of the sheet piling plus the area of the plugged soil. The maximum point resistance, pr,max;point is a special average cone resistance, as defined in the Dutch design code NEN 6743 article 5.3.3.1 [Lit 13]: ( 27 )
pr , max; po int = 1 / 2. p s( q c ; I ; mean + q c ; II ; mean
2

+ q c ; III .mean )

with: qc;I;mean

qc;II;mean

Mean cone resistance over trajectory I, between the pile point level and a level 0.7 to 4 times the equivalent diameter deeper (with this lower depth selected to make pr;max;point a minimum). Mean cone resistance over trajectory II, starting at the bottom of trajectory I and ending at the pile point, with this value not larger than the previous value in the trajectory.

BACKGROUND

249

qc;III;mean

p s

Mean cone resistance over trajectory III, between the pile point level to a level 8 times the equivalent diameter higher, with this value not larger than the previous value in the trajectory. Pile factor, ranging from 0.5 for some bored piles types to 1.0 for some driven piles. Pile base shape factor. Pile base cross-section shape factor.

For special exceptions and further definition of factors see the NEN standard 6743 [Lit 13] (also available in English). The CUR method allows some modifications to be made should the vertical balance not be met, as described below: If the vertical balance is not met, assuming wall friction upwards on the passive side and downwards on the active side, then the wall begins to move downwards (relative to the soil on both sides of the wall). This means that the friction on the active side will now also be acting upwards. The user can therefore enter a negative value for , the wall friction angle, in the bottom layer on the active side only (a new soil type will need to be defined with this new wall friction value, and the active and passive sides will need different profiles). This will have the effect of reversing the friction direction on the side with this negative . If the vertical force balance is still not met with this different friction direction in the bottom layer then the friction direction in the second layer up on the active side can also be reversed in the same manner, and so on.

250

MSHEET USER MANUAL

29
29 The CUR 166 step-by-step design procedure

In general, sheet piling design involves the analysis of all relevant Ultimate Limit States (Failure) and Serviceability Limit States during each stage of construction. The CUR step-by-step procedure described in CUR publication 166 [Lit 5] was developed to design a sheet pile wall with a single anchorage, using a semi-probabilistic method. As described below, MSheet supports specific parts of the CUR design procedure.

29.1 Semi-probabilistic approach

A probabilistic design is based on a particular required safety level that is related to the probability of an occurrence. In this semi-probabilistic approach, variations of soil properties, sheet piling properties, loading and geometry are taken into account by dividing representative values (also called characteristic values) by so-called partial safety factors. A representative value can be a low value, a nominal (average/mean) value or a high value. The low and high values are usually defined as the values that will be exceeded by 5 % of the samples during testing. The values of the partial safety factors are determined by the mechanism being considered, by the variation of the parameter, and by the required safety level. The value of a partial safety factor for a certain parameter is usually indicated by design codes or guidelines. The use of representative values in combination with partial factors yields a high and/or low design value for each parameter. Analysis of different combinations of the high and low values of parameters inside a variation study can be used to check whether failure is always prevented or if serviceability is still ensured at the required safety level.

252

MSHEET USER MANUAL

Probability of this value occuring

5%

5%

low

normal

high

value

Figure 29-1 Low, nominal and high representative values The partial safety factors provided in design guidelines are in turn derived from the required values of a reliability index . The equation below, for example, produces the low design value for a normally distributed parameter X with mean and standard deviation . ( 28 )
X =

The in this expression is used as an influence parameter to model the predominance of the parameter in relation to the considered failure mechanism. The CUR design procedure distinguishes the following three safety classes, with corresponding reliability indexes: Class I Relatively simple constructions, no personal safety risks and relatively minor damage in the case of overall failure. = 2.5 Class II Considerable damage in the case of overall failure; minor personal safety risks. = 3.4 Class III Major damage in the case of overall failure and/or considerable personal safety risks. = 4.2

29.2 Partial Factors: one stage or all stages

The CUR 166 procedure itself does not prescribe whether partial factors on strength and load should be applied to all construction stages, or just to the stage that is checked. Application of partial factors during only one stage can be beneficial, because it allows lower safety factors to be applied during previous stages. MSheet supports the

BACKGROUND

253

application of partial factors to both individual stages and to all construction stages [ 29.3]. Method I applies the partial factor set to all construction stages. Method II checks all stages as a final stage. This method assumes low representative values, with no partial factors, for all stages apart from the final stage being checked. The partial factors corresponding to the selected safety class are only applied to the final stage. Using method II allows each stage to be checked (as a final stage) using a different safety class, which can result in a more economical design. Method I, however, gives a more conservative approach and requires less calculation.

29.3 Support of the CUR 166 step-by-step procedure by MSheet

In CUR publication 166 [Lit 5], the design of a sheet piling with single anchorage is summarized by defining 11 steps. MSheet supports particular parts of the following steps: Step 5: Determine the minimum length of the sheet piling using a stability analysis [ 20.4] including modified soil properties, surface levels and water levels. Modification is performed according to substep 6.3 (as described below) Step 6: Determine the design values for sheet piling dimensions Five combinations of modified soil properties, surface levels and water levels. Those five combinations are referred as sub-steps 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4 and 6.5. Modified soil properties are calculated by applying partial factors on the input low representative values for cohesion, friction and modulus of subgrade reaction of the soil. Modified ground and water levels are calculated by applying level variations on the input water levels at the active and passive sides and on the input ground level at the passive side. Figure 29-2 to Figure 29-6 gives a schematic representation of the modifications for each sub-steps and Table 29-1 gives an overview of the design values for each sub-steps. If safety classes I, II or III are selected, the values of the partial factors and level variations according to table 3.7 of [Lit 5] are used (see Table 29-2). If the user-defined class is selected, the values of the partial factors and level variations defined in the Default window [ 19.1.2] are used. This allows checking against another design code, such as the Eurocode 7.

254

MSHEET USER MANUAL

Step 7:

Step 9:

Step 9.7:

Step 10:

Step 11.1:

The design values for the Surcharges [ 19.4.2] and Uniform Loads [ 19.4.1] are calculated using the input partial factor in the corresponding window. Values of partial factors for permanent or temporary loads are prescribed in table 3.7 of [Lit 5]. Mean values of bending stiffness [ 19.2.1] and anchor stiffness [ 19.5.1] must be entered. See tables 3.1 and 3.3 of [Lit 5] for representative values of soil parameters. MSheet offers the Lowest values of the modulus of subgrade reaction according to table 3.3 in [ 19.3.2]. If the Highest values are required the user needs to input them manually, multiplying the Lowest value by 2.25. For a given length of the sheet piling, MSheet calculates the maximum moment and the maximum displacement obtained from the five sub-steps. If 100 % of the mobilized resistance or more than 25 % of the maximum displacement are reached, the sheet piling is considered to be unstable. Determine the design moment [ 20.5] in the sheet piling by performing analysis for the five combinations of Step 6 presented above. The design moment corresponds to the maximum moment determined from the five sub-steps. Determine the design anchor force [ 20.5] by performing analysis for the five combinations of Step 6 presented above using a higher value for the anchor stiffness. This new stiffness is determined using a multiplication factor specified by the user (see the Verify Sheet Piling window of the Verify Sheet Piling calculation in [ 20.5]) according to the selected safety class. The design anchor force corresponds to the maximum anchor force determined from the five sub-steps Check vertical force balance [ 21.2] with the simplified assumption of total friction on the active and passive sides. If the vertical balance is not met then reversal of the wall friction force direction in the lower layers is permitted. See [chapter 28] for background information. Determine the design displacements [ 20.5] from the Serviceability Limit State calculation which corresponds to Step 6.5. This means that the input low representative values for the cohesion, friction and modulus of subgrade reaction are used to find the design value, with no modification on the input ground and water levels needed. Check anchor wall stability [ 20.6] using the Kranz method. See [chapter 26] for background information.

BACKGROUND

255

Step 11.3:

Check overall sheet piling stability [ 20.7] using the Bishop method. The strength parameter of cohesion and the friction angle phi are divided by 1.5 and 1.2 respectively, for all safety classes (for safety classes see [ 29.1]). The driving moment is multiplied by 0.9 (class I), 1.0 (class II) or 1.1 (class III) as prescribed in table 3.11 from CUR 166. For background information, see [chapter 27].

Table 29-1 Design values of soil properties, ground level and water level according to Step 6 of the CUR 166 procedure Step Limit k(1) c, tan , tan Ground (GL) and water (WL) levels State passive side active side 6.1 ULS klow,rep / k Xlow,rep / GLrep - WLrep + WLrep + 6.2 ULS khigh,rep / 1.0 Xlow,rep / GLrep - WLrep + WLrep + 6.3 ULS klow,rep / k Xlow,rep / GLrep - WLrep - WLrep + 6.4 ULS khigh,rep / 1.0 Xlow,rep / GLrep - WLrep - WLrep + 6.5 SLS klow,rep Xlow,rep GLrep WLrep WLrep
(1)

The high representative value of the modulus of subgrade reaction khigh,rep is determined by multiplying the input low representative value klow,rep by 2.25.

Table 29-2 Partial factors and level variations according to Table 3.7 of the CUR 166 design procedure Parameter or used Safety class I Safety class II Safety class III by MSheet? Cohesion 1.00 1.00 1.10 Tan (phi) 1.05 1.15 1.20 Surface level 0.20 0.30 0.35 (passive side) Phreatic line 0.15 0.20 0.25 (passive side) Phreatic line 0.05 0.05 0.05 (active side) Table 29-3 Partial factors applied to uniform loads according to CUR 166. Load Effect Safety class I Safety class II Safety class III Favorable 1.00 1.00 1.00 Unfavorable 1.00 1.00 1.25

256

MSHEET USER MANUAL

step 6.1

Figure 29-2 Schematic representation of the soil stiffness, surface levels and water levels modifications according to step 6.1 of the CUR 166 design procedure

step 6.2

Figure 29-3 Schematic representation of the soil stiffness, surface levels and water levels modifications according to step 6.2 of the CUR 166 design procedure

step 6.3

Figure 29-4 Schematic representation of the soil stiffness, surface levels and water levels modifications according to step 6.3 of the CUR 166 design procedure

BACKGROUND

257

step 6.4

Figure 29-5 Schematic representation of the soil stiffness, surface levels and water levels modifications according to step 6.4 of the CUR 166 design procedure

step 6.5

Figure 29-6 Schematic representation of the soil stiffness, surface levels and water levels modifications according to step 6.5 of the CUR 166 design procedure

step 9.1

Figure 29-7 Schematic representation of the anchor stiffness modification according to step 9.1 of the CUR 166 design procedure NOTE: For steps 6.1 to 6.4, if the water level exceeds the ground level when increased, then it is set equal to the ground level.

258

MSHEET USER MANUAL

30
30 Initial stage

MSheet offers a special option to deal with initially non-horizontal surfaces, or initial surcharges. A previously existing sheet pile wall will deform if a surcharge is later applied or the surface profile altered, whereas if there is a surcharge already present or if the ground surface is not horizontal at the time of installation, the sheet pile wall will not deform until a change is made at a later time. Without the initial stage option When this option is not used, a non-horizontal surface or surcharge in the first stage will cause deformations of the sheet piling. It is assumed that a non-horizontal surface or surcharge on one side of the sheet piling will only cause additional horizontal stresses on that side of the sheet pile wall.

loading of sheet pile wall as as result of a non-horizontal surface or a surcharge

Figure 30-1 Effect of a surcharge when not using the initial stage ( 29 ) ( 30 )

h.load.left = fh.left h.boussinesq.left h.load.right = fh.right h.boussinesq.right

260

MSHEET USER MANUAL

The stress following from the Boussinesq assumption is multiplied by a factor f to account for the existence of the sheet piling, see Surcharge according to Boussinesq [ 0]. With the initial stage option When the initial stage option is used, MSheet simply assumes that the initial stress contribution resulting from a non-horizontal surface or an initial surcharge is transferred to both sides of the sheet piling, see equation ( 31 ).

loading of left hand side of sheet pile wall as the result of a non-horizontal surface or a surcharge

loading of left hand side of sheet pile wall as the result of a non-horizontal surface or a surcharge

Figure 30-2 Effect of a surcharge when using the initial stage option ( 31 )

h.load.left = h.load.right = h.boussinesq.left + h.boussinesq.right

The neutral stress changes when the initial stage option is used, whilst the active and passive yield stresses remain the same as when the initial stress option is not used. This is illustrated in Figure 30-3 below.
same side as surcharge horizontal stress side without surcharge

p
with initial

horizontal stress

n a

without initial with initial displacement

without initial

displacement

Figure 30-3 Soil stresses on both sides of the sheet pile wall, with and without the initial stage option being used On both sides of the sheet piling, the same value of initial neutral horizontal stress will result, as long as the theoretical neutral stress is within the yield limits ( a < n < p ). If this condition can not be satisfied on a certain side however, the neutral stress will be set equal to the yield limit, and deformation of the sheet piling will occur.

BACKGROUND

261

The load correction by the initial option remains active during all following stages, as long as the soil is not excavated. See equations ( 32 ) and ( 33 ). ( 32 ) ( 33 )

h.correction.left = (1 fh.left ) h.boussinesq.left + h.boussinesq.right h.correction.right = (1 fh.right ) h.boussinesq.right + h.boussinesq.left

262

MSHEET USER MANUAL

31
31 Analysis of single piles

MSheets single pile module calculates the bending moment and deformation of a single pile, due to lateral deformations of the soil or due to discrete forces and moments applied to the pile itself. The solution method for single piles used by MSheet is the same as the solution method for a sheet pile wall [chapter 23] although some changes have been made to account for the differences between a long wall and a single pile (where arching occurs).

31.1 Loading by soil deformations

When surcharges are applied to a soil surface (for example, when creating a dam or when making excavations), there will be both vertical and horizontal movements of the soil. If piles are present, these soil displacements will cause pressure against the piles. This results in additional bending moments and displacements to those generated by the loads at the pile head. Since piles are usually only designed for axial loading, these lateral loads could quite easily become a critical factor in the design. To calculate the effect of soil displacements on a pile, the following steps should be performed: Determine the soil displacements which would exist at the location of interest, were the pile not present for example, using a finite element program or the De Leeuw method [Lit 21]. Use MSheet to determine the displacements, moments and forces in the pile as a result of these input undisturbed soil displacements. MSheet determines the displacements and forces in the pile by assuming that the soil reaction is caused by the difference between the pile displacements and soil displacements if the pile were not present (Figure 31-1).

264

MSHEET USER MANUAL

Figure 31-1 Lateral earth pressure and pile deformation by soil deformation MSheet does not consider geometrical non-linearity while the prescribed soil displacements are being applied. A normal force (such as the weight of a building supported by the pile) will therefore not affect the bending moment during analysis of prescribed displacements. Soil reaction MSheet uses equations ( 21 ) and ( 22 ) to determine the active and passive lateral pressures from the input of the lateral earth pressure coefficients. The soil stiffness is determined from the input of the modulus of subgrade reaction. When performing single pile calculations based upon soil displacements the user needs to take the effect of arching into account by suitable modification of the earth pressure coefficients. Ka and Ko are usually modeled as zero, whilst Kp needs to be determined specially: In soil layers with soil displacements a calculation has to be made for the situation without a pile. This calculation gives the soil displacements, U, and change in soil pressure () on the location of the pile. The horizontal subgrade modulus can then be calculated in this way: Khor = S*2*/U. In this formula S is the shell factor (in soft layers mostly 1.5). Alternatively, the passive earth pressure coefficient, Kp can be calculated automatically by selecting the Brinch-Hansen method (see [ 31.2.1]) in which case Ka and Ko will be set to zero. When calculating for piles loaded by soil displacements, the results of the calculation are highly influenced by the soil displacements and the value of the horizontal subgrade modulus in the displacing soil layers.

31.2 Loading by forces and moments

For a single pile loaded by forces, MSheet offers the following alternatives for the direct input of the soil strength and stiffness. 31.2.1 Brinch-Hansen MSheet uses equation ( 34 ) to determine the passive pressure against the pile according to Brinch-Hansen [Lit 17].

BACKGROUND

265

( 34 )

p = K q ' v + K c c , a = 0 , n = 0

where Kq and Kc are factors of Brinch-Hansen for piles. This method automatically takes the effect of arching into account. As the pressure is a function of depth, the same soil layer cannot be used in MSheet at different depths. Instead, if the same soil type occurs at different depths then a copy of the soil type needs to be made for each instance of the soil type. It is also recommended that thick layers are split into two or more layers for better representation of the change in passive pressure with depth. 31.2.2 Mnard MSheet uses equation ( 35 ) to determine the modulus of subgrade reaction according to Mnard [Lit 8]. This method automatically takes the effect of arching into account.
1 1 1.3R0 2.65 R + R = kh 3 Em R0

( 35 )

(R R0 )

1 2R 4(2.65) + 3 = kh Em 18

(R < R0 )

with: Em = pressiometric modulus Ro = 0.3 meter R = half width of the pile = rheological coefficient kh = modulus of horizontal subgrade reaction The rheological coefficient depends on the kind of the soil and the soil conditions. In the next table some general values are presented. peat clay loam sand gravel over consolidated 1 2/3 1/2 1/3 normally consolidated 1 2/3 1/2 1/3 1/4 decomposed, weathered 1/2 1/2 1/3 1/4 MSheet uses the values of normally consolidated soil. The following correlation between Em and qc (cone resistance) can be used: Peat Em = (3-4) qc Clay Em = (2-3) qc Loam Em = (1-2) qc Sand Em = (0.7-1) qc Gravel Em = (0.5-0.7) qc

266

MSHEET USER MANUAL

32
32 Special Cases

MSheet can be used to make calculations for a number of situations that deviate from standard daily practice.

32.1 Combination with piles

In the case of combinations of long piles with shorter sheet piling elements, the acting width can be used to influence the soil pressures and other loads that act on the upper (long piles and sheet piling) and lower (long piles only) parts of the wall. Using the acting width allows direct output of the discrete bending moments in the piles. For the part with only piles, the soil reaction data must be modified in order to model arching. 32.1.1 Acting width Berlin Walls. Berlin Walls are a combination of I-shaped piles, with horizontal planks inserted in the upper part. If the bending stiffness of the planks is negligible then direct output of the true bending moment of each pile can be produced. The Combined Wall wizard [ 19.2.3] automatically converts the wall into the appropriate MSheet model. For example, if the piles of a Berlin wall are positioned 3 m center-to-center and the width of the flange is 0.4 m, for the upper part an acting width of b = 3 m is used and the stiffness of a pile is divided by 3: EI = EIpile/3. For the lower part with only piles, the width of the soil that acts on a single pile is b = 0.4, the stiffness is divided to give EI = EIpile/0.4. Combined walls. The Combined Wall wizard [ 19.2.3] automatically converts a combined wall, which is made from a combination of regular sheet piling parts with tubular piles, into the appropriate MSheet model. For instance, for piles positioned 3 m center-to-center, with an outer diameter of 0.8 m with the sheet piling parts contributing to the bending stiffness: For the upper part, an acting width of b = 3 m is used, and the stiffness of the section is divided by 3:

268

MSHEET USER MANUAL

EI = (EIsection)/3. For the lower part with only piles, the acting width is b = 0.8 m and the pile stiffness is again by the acting width: EI = EIpile/0.8 32.1.2 Modified soil reaction The equivalent width of the soil that will react if pile displacement occurs is usually larger than the pile width, as a result of arching. Guidelines for the determination of the discrete active and passive soil reaction on piles are given for example by Brinch Hansen [Lit 17]. A simplified way to deal with the effects of arching is, given a certain pile width bpile, to assume an equivalent soil width beq. Then the passive lateral earth pressure coefficient and the modulus of subgrade reaction per running meter should be multiplied by the beq shell factor , and active lateral earth pressure coefficient should be divided by bpile this factor (Figure 32-1).
p = K*p v
k*

p = Kp v

a = Ka v a = K*a v

Figure 32-1 Soil reaction The resulting equations for the soil pressure (per unit area) are:
s= beq bpile

( 36 )

( 37 )

K p* = sK p
k * = sk

( 38 )

( 39 )

K a* =

Ka s

Tutorial example 10 [chapter 12] gives an example of the application of this method.

BACKGROUND

269

32.2 Surcharge with limited size parallel to the sheet piling

MSheet assumes that a surcharge will act until infinity in the direction parallel to the sheet piling. In practice, there will be situations in which the size of the surcharge is limited in the direction parallel to the sheet piling. There are various approximation methods available which take account of the load distribution. The method outlined below is very common. 32.2.1 Simple load (constant dimensions in both directions)
sheet piling

q' = q load

1 1+2d

surface level l + 2d d l

45o

sheet piling

Figure 32-2 Load distribution The influence of a top load q (with constant dimensions b l) on the sheet pile wall can be calculated in the following way: The top load is assumed to be distributed over an angle of 45o from the front of the load (see Figure 32-2, left). This produces the following load formula: ( 40 )
q' = l q l + 2d

The load q' calculated in this way is then entered as being applied over the distance between d and d + b behind the wall (see Figure 32-2, right). The influence of this load can now be calculated using MSheet.

270

MSHEET USER MANUAL

32.2.2 Complex load If the dimensions of the top load in both directions are not constant, the load can be divided into n sub-loads with constant dimensions. The formula for the calculated load is given in Figure 32-3. Load distribution should always be assumed to start from the side that is closest to the sheet pile wall.
sheet piling

load q

d1 d2 d3

l3

l2

l1

q'2 q'1 q'3

q'n = q

ln ln + 2dn

Figure 32-3 Calculated load (bottom) for a load shape that is not constant (top) This method can also be used if the load in the direction perpendicular to the wall is indeed constant, but it extends so far away from the wall that division into a number of sub-loads is more economical. It must always be assumed that load distribution starts from the side that is closest to the sheet piling. See [chapter 14] for a tutorial example of the application of this method.

BACKGROUND

271

32.3 Modeling concrete under water

Concrete is often used at the base of a pit excavation. The concrete helps to keep the pit dry (once existing water has been removed from the pit) and it can also function as strutting between the walls enclosing the pit excavation. The presence of this impermeable layer of concrete maintains the water level below it. However, if the water table on the other side of the sheet pile wall is higher than the floor of the pit then the water pressures on the excavated side will not start at zero at the water level, and the floor will experience uplift. The concrete floor will need to be piled in order to resist this uplift force. These effects can be modeled in different ways. One of the methods is described below, and consists of the following steps: The underwater concrete is modeled as a soil layer. This means that the concrete is considered as a system of vertically unlinked elasto-plastic springs, in the same way as other soil layers. Fixed values should be used for the characteristics of the soil layer. The water pressure against the bottom of the underwater concrete can be modeled in the following way: The soil water table is set at the level of the bottom of the concrete floor. A uniform load acting on the top of the concrete layer is entered, with a size equal to the direct water pressure under the floor. This load represents the forces acting on the floor from the floors piles. For all soil layers under the floor, an excess pore water pressure is entered which is the same as the top load. This causes the water pressure distribution to be correct. d = n = 0 is used for the concrete, assuming that the uplift forces on the floor and the weight of the floor are transmitted to piles and therefore do not act on the soil layer directly below the concrete. See [chapter 8] for a detailed tutorial example of the application of this method.

32.4 Difference in pressure heads on both sides of the sheet pile wall
In addition to a soil-retaining function, sheet pile walls also often have a waterretaining function. In this case, the water pressure on both sides of the sheet piling will be different. The difference in water pressure gives rise to a water flow under the toe of the sheet piling. This flow affects the pressure against the sheet piling in two ways: The water flow changes the water pressure that is directed immediately against the wall. Because of this, the pressure on the side of the wall with the highest water

272

MSHEET USER MANUAL

pressure will decrease, while the pressure on the other side will increase. At the toe of the wall, the pressure difference is zero. Due to the change in the water pressures, the effective stress in the soil mass around the wall also changes. This will cause the effective stress against both sides of the wall to change.
sheet piling

p2 - p1 d2 hydrostatic pressure d1 w1 hydrostatic pressure p1 p2 w2

Figure 32-4 Water pressure on both sides of sheet piling In general, the approximation methods described below will be sufficient. For cases with a major difference in water pressure, or for very critical cases, a flow calculation should be performed using a specialized flow program, such as Delft GeoSystems MSeep. Approximation method for sheet pile wall in homogenous soil For homogenous soil, the following method can be used (in accordance with EAU 1990, article 2.10.3.2, page 65): A pore water under-pressure is entered on the side with the highest pressure: ( 41 )
w = 0.7 h d2 + (d1 .d2 ) Y2

On the other side, an excess pore water pressure is entered in accordance with:
w = + 0.7 h d1 + (d1 .d2 ) Y1

( 42 )

where: h d1 , d 2 Y1, Y2

= maximum pressure difference = thickness of soil through which the water flows on low/high side = distance from water table on low/high side to toe of wall.

BACKGROUND

273

It should be noted that when using this method, a minor difference in water pressure remains at the toe. Approximation method for sheet pile wall in stratified soil When the soil structure is stratified, the pressure head differences mostly occur over the layers that have low permeability. The flow resistance of the relatively permeable layers is negligible. The jump in pore water pressure over layer i can be calculated using the following formula: ( 43 )
w i = h w di ki 1

di
i

Here, di is the layer thickness [m] and ki is the permeability of the layer [m/s]. h is the difference in phreatic levels. Figure 32-5 is a diagram of the pressure in a stratified soil, as calculated using the equation given above.

d1, k1

hydrostatic pressure

d3, k3

d2, k2

flow

Figure 32-5 Pressure diagram See [chapter 13] for a tutorial example of the application of this method.

274

MSHEET USER MANUAL

Introduction Tutorial Reference Background Verification

276

MSHEET USER MANUAL

33 1
33 Benchmarks with an exact solution

Delft GeoSystems commitment to quality control and quality assurance has lead them to develop a formal and extensive procedure to verify the correct working of all of their geotechnical engineering tools. An extensive range of benchmark checks have been developed to check the correct functioning of each tool. During product development these checks are run on a regular basis to verify the improved product. These benchmark checks are provided in the following sections, to allow the user to overview the checking procedure and verify for themselves the correct functioning of MSheet. The benchmarks are subdivided into four separate groups as described below. Group 1 - Benchmarks with an exact solution [chapter 33] Simple benchmarks for which an exact analytical result is available from literature. Group 2 - Benchmarks from literature [chapter 34] More complex benchmarks described in literature, for which an approximate solution is known. Group 3 - Benchmarks for additional options [chapter 35] Benchmarks which test program features specific to the program being verified. Group 4 - Benchmarks compared with other programs [chapter 36] In this group no actual benchmarks are presented, but the results of the program are compared with the results of other programs.

278

MSHEET USER MANUAL

The number of benchmarks in group 1 will probably remain the same in the future. The reason for this is that they are very simple, using only the most basic features of the program. The number of benchmarks in group 2 may grow in the future. The benchmarks in this chapter are well documented in literature. There are no exact solutions available for these problems, however in the literature estimated results are available. When verifying the program, the results should be close to the results found in the literature. The number of benchmarks in groups 3 and 4 will grow as new versions of the program are released. These benchmarks are designed so that (new) features specific to the program can be verified. The benchmarks are kept as simple as possible so that only one specific feature is verified from one benchmark to the next. As much as software developers would wish they could, it is impossible to prove the correctness of any non-trivial program. Re-calculating all the benchmarks in this report, and making sure the results are as they should be, proves to some degree that the program works as it should. Nevertheless, there will always be combinations of input values that will cause the program to crash or to produce wrong results. Hopefully by using the verification procedure the number of ways this can occur will be limited. The benchmarks are all described in sufficient detail for reproduction to be possible at any time. The information given is enough to be able to make the calculation. The input files can be found on CD-Rom or can be downloaded from our website www.delftgeosystems.com. The different benchmarks with an exact solution (group 1) are described in the following paragraphs, from [ 33.1] to [ 33.21].

33.1 Load on beam on elastic foundation

Description: An Euler-Bernoulli beam of finite length on elastic spring foundation is simulated. The beam is loaded by a force in the middle as shown in Figure 33-1.
force

beam

springs

Figure 33-1 - Beam loaded by a force in the middle

VERIFICATION

279

The result is calculated by the analytical solution for a beam on elastic foundation given in [Lit 19]:

w (x ) = e x [c1 cos(x ) + c 2 sin(x )] + e x [c 3 cos(x ) + c 4 sin(x )] where: w = displacement of the beam 44 = k/EI k = stiffness of the foundation (= modulus of subgrade reaction of the soil) EI = stiffness of the beam The constants in the analytical solution depend on the boundary conditions. At both ends the shear force and the bending moments are zero. Analytical result: For this symmetrical problem only the right-side of the beam is considered. With EI = 1042 kNm/m, k = 10 kN/ m, L = 20 m and F = 10 kN/m, the constants of the general solution are solved from four boundary conditions as follows. d 3w 1 F 3 3 3 3 x =0: Q = EI 3 = F c1 + 2 c2 + 2 c3 + 2 c4 = -2 2 EI 2 dx dw x =0: =0 c1 + c2 c 3 + c 4 = 0 dx L d2 w x= : M = EI =0 2 dx 2
L L e 2 sin c 1 + e 2 cos c 2 + e 2 2
x= L : 2
L L L 2 sin

L c 3 e 2

L 2 cos

L c 4 = 0 2

Q = EI
L

d3 w =0 d x3
L
2

L L cos sin c1 + e 2 2

L L cos sin c2 2 2 L L cos + sin c 4 = 0 2 2

+e

L 2

L L cos sin c 3 + e 2 2

L 2

This leads to four equations with four unknowns which can be solved. The solution reads: c 1 = 3.64255 10 -3
c 3 = 1.14302 10 1 c 2 = 1.69783 10 -3

c 4 = 1.12357 10 -1

280

MSHEET USER MANUAL

MSheet result: Modeling this problem in MSheet is straightforward. Plasticity is avoided by a proper choice of the active and passive earth pressure coefficients. To compare MSheet results and benchmark results, the modulus of subgrade reaction of the soil in MSheet must be divided by a factor 2 (kMSheet = 5 kN/m) as the soil is present on both sides of the beam. Results are compared in the following table.
Result Benchmark MSheet Relative error [%] 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

Maximum displacement at x = 0 m [mm] Minimum displacement at x = 10 m [mm] Maximum shear force at x = 0 m [kN] Maximum bending moment at x = 0 [kNm] Minimum bending moment [kNm]

117.9 -30.0 5.0 11.6 -0.8

117.9 -30.0 5.0 11.6 -0.8

Use MSheet input file bm1-1.shi to run this benchmark.

33.2 Beam with a prescribed displacement

Description: An Euler-Bernoulli beam of finite length on an elastic spring foundation is simulated. The displacement of one end of the beam is prescribed as 0.1 m. This is illustrated in Figure 33-2. The data for the beam are presented in [ 33.1]. Analytical result: The analytical solution is calculated with the equation given in [ 33.1]. The distributed load on the beam is zero. The general solution to this equation was presented in the previous problem.
displacement = 0.1m

x=0

x=L springs

Figure 33-2 With displacement of one end The constants of the general solution are solved from four boundary conditions.

VERIFICATION

281

x = 0:

Q = EI

2 3 ( c 1 + c 2 + c 3 + c 4 ) = x = 0: M = -EI

d3 w = F dx 3

d2 w =0 dx2 2 2 (c 2 c 4 ) = 0 d3 w x = L: Q = EI 3 = 0 dx 2 3 e L [- cos(L ) sin(L )]c 1 + 2 3 e L [cos(L ) sin(L )]c 2 + 2 3 e L [cos(L ) sin(L )]c 3 + 2 3 e L [cos(L ) sin(L )]c 4 = 0 d2 w x = L: M = -EI 2 = 0 dx -2 2 e L sin(L )c1 + 2 2e L cos(L )c2 + 2 2e L sin(L )c 3 2 2e L cos(L )c 4 = 0

F EI

These four equations with four unknowns can be solved. The solution reads:
c 1 = 6.55727 10 6

c2 = c 4 = 2.63254 105
c 3 = 9.999934 10 2

The relation between the prescribed displacement utop = 0.1 m and the force F is:
F = utop 2 EI 3 1 4e2L + e4L + 2e2L cos(2L ) = 2.2577 kN 1 e 4L + 2e2L sin(2L )

MSheet result: In MSheet, the active and passive earth pressure coefficients are chosen properly in order to avoid plasticity. To compare MSheet results and benchmark results, the modulus of subgrade reaction of the soil in MSheet must be divided by a factor 2 (kMSheet = 5 kN/m) as the soil is present on both sides of the beam. Results are compared in the following table.
Results Benchmark MSheet Relative error [%] 0.00 0.00 0.00 4.54 0.00 0.00

Maximum displacement [mm] Minimum displacement [mm] Maximum shear force [kN] Minimum shear force [kN] Maximum moment [kNm] Minimum moment [kNm]

100 -6.9 0.5 -2.3 0.0 -3.3

100 -6.9 0.5 -2.2 0.0 -3.3

Use MSheet input file bm1-2.shi to run this benchmark.

282

MSHEET USER MANUAL

33.3 Beam on two supports, loaded by moment

Description: A beam (length L = 10 m and stiffness EI = 1042 kNm/m) with a central spring support (stiffness kspring = 10 kN/m/m) and a pinned support at one end is loaded by an external moment of M = 1 kNm/m as shown in Figure 33-3.
M

5m

kspring

5m

Figure 33-3 Beams with two supports loaded by a moment Analytical result: The solution is calculated by basic applied mechanics. The problem to be solved is statically determinate. The moments and support forces can be calculated directly:
M

Fv Fv

Fv = 2m L

Figure 33-4 - Analytical solution supports The relation of displacement to force at the spring support is:
uspring = Fv k spring

VERIFICATION

283

The displacement at the loaded end is the summation of three parts: Bending of left-part of the beam (u2) Bending of right-part of the beam (u3) Displacement of spring support (u1) These contributions can be calculated from standard cases, as illustrated in Figure 33-5.

u1

u2

u3

Figure 33-5 - Analytical solution displacements

u1 = 2 uspring = u2 = 4M = 40 mm k spring L

1 1 1 ML 1 ML2 L spring = = L 6 EI 2 12 EI 1 ML2 u3 = 8 EI utip = u1 + u2 + u3 4M 2 ML2 3 ML2 4M 5 ML2 = + + = + = 60.8 mm k spring L 24 EI k spring L 24 EI 24 EI

MSheet result: The modulus of subgrade reaction is chosen as its minimum value in MSheet (k = 0.01 kN/m). The MSheet results and benchmark results are compared in the following table.
Result Benchmark MSheet Relative error [%] 1.52 2.53 0.00

Displacement of spring at x = 5 m [mm] Displacement of tip at x = 0 m [mm] Maximum moment [kNm]

20 60.8 1.0

19.7 59.3 1.0

Use MSheet input file bm1-3.shi to run this benchmark.

284

MSHEET USER MANUAL

33.4 Beam with distributed non-uniform load

Description: An Euler-Bernoulli beam of finite length L1 + L2 on an elastic spring foundation is simulated. The beam is loaded by a distributed force which is constant over the first L1 m of the beam and linearly decreasing over the other L2 m of the beam, as illustrated in Figure 33-6.
q0

x = -L1

x=0

x = L2

Figure 33-6 - Beam with distributed non- uniform load The solution for both parts (x 0 and x 0) must be calculated. According to [Lit 19]: For -L1 < x 0 :
w(x) = e x[c1 cos(x ) + c 2 sin(x )] + e-[c 3 cos(x ) + c 4 sin(x )] q0 k

For 0 x L2 :
w(x) = e x[c5 cos(x ) + c 6 sin(x )] + e-[c 7 cos(x ) + c 8 sin(x )] q0 x 1 k L 2

The constants c1 to c4 refer to the part of the beam for which x 0. The constants c5 to c8 refer to the part of the beam for which x 0. The values of these constants can be found from the boundary conditions at x = -L1 and x = L2 and the required continuity at x = 0.
Analytical result: The result is calculated using the analytical solution for a beam on elastic foundation with length L1 + L2. The parameters are assigned the following values: EI =1042 kNm/m k = 100 kN/m L1 = 10 m L2 = 2 m q0 = 20 kN/m.

VERIFICATION

285

Therefore:
x = L1 : d3 w =0 d x3 e L1 [- cos( L1 ) + sin( L1 )]c 1 + e L1 [cos(L1 ) + sin(L1 )]c 2 Q = EI

+ e L1 [cos(L1 ) + sin(L1 )]c 3 e L1 [- cos( L1 ) + sin( L1 )]c 4 = 0 d2 w =0 x = L1 : M = EI d x2 L1 sin(L1 )c 1 + e L1 cos( L1 )c 2 e L1 sin( L1 )c 3 e L1 cos(L1 )c 4 = 0 e x =0: w 0 = w 0+ q q c1 + c 3 0 = c5 + c7 0 k k dw dw + 0 = 0 dx dx

( ) ( ) ( )

x =0:

( )

(c1 + c2 c 3 + c 4 ) = (c5 + c 6 c7 + c 8 ) +
x = L2 : Q = EI

q0 kL2

e L2 [ cos( L2 ) + sin( L2 )]c7 + e L2 [cos( L2 ) + sin( L2 )]c 8 = 0 d2 w x = L2 : M = EI =0 d x2 e L2 sin( L2 )c5 + e L2 cos( L2 )c 6 + e L2 sin( L2 )c7 e L2 cos( L2 )c 8 = 0 d 2w d 2w x =0: EI 2 0 = EI 2 0 + dx dx c2 c 4 = c 6 c 8 d 3w d 3w x =0: EI 3 0 = EI 3 0 + dx dx c 1 + c 2 + c 3 + c 4 = c 5 + c 6 + c 7 + c 8

d3 w =0 d x3 L2 e [- cos( L2 ) sin( L2 )]c5 + e L2 [cos( L2 ) sin( L2 )]c 6

( )

( )

( )

( )

The constants are therefore:

c 1 = 5.04161 10 2 c 2 = 2.40163 10 2 c 3 = 9.00103 10 c 4 = 3.78931 10 5
6

c 5 = 1.311056 10 2 c 6 = 3.95054 10 2 c 7 = 6.35127 10 2 c 8 = 6.34938 10 2

MSheet result: The distributed load is introduced by lowering the water table by 2 m. This leads to a value of q0 = 20 kN/m.

To compare MSheet results and benchmark results, the modulus of subgrade reaction of the soil in MSheet must be divided by a factor 2 (kMSheet = 50 kN/m) as the soil is present on both sides of the beam.

286

MSHEET USER MANUAL

The MSheet results and the benchmark results are compared in the following table.
Variable Benchmark MSheet Relative error [%] 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.55 0.00 0.00 0.00

Maximum displacement [mm] Displacement at the top [mm] Displacement at the bottom [mm] Minimum moment [kNm] Maximum moment [kNm] Minimum shear force [kN] Maximum shear force [kN]

206.1 81.9 198.6 -9.05 0.1 -5.2 2.3

206.1 81.9 198.6 -9.0 0.1 -5.2 2.3

Use MSheet input file bm1-4.shi to run this benchmark.

33.5 Beam loaded by tangent and normal forces

Description: A beam of length L = 20 m is loaded by a tangent force F = 100 kN/m at x = L and a linearly varying normal force: Nmax = 10000 kN at x = L and Nmin = 8000 kN at x = 0. See Figure 33-7.
Nmax Nmin F N(x) 0 L x

Figure 33-7 - Beam loaded by a tangent force and a normal force

Analytical result: The solution is calculated by basic applied mechanics. The shear force is constant along the beam (equal to F) and the bending moment is nil, which leads to the following differential equation:
N (x ) dw =F dx

where w is the displacement of the beam.

N (x ) = N min + N max N min x L

VERIFICATION

287

The analytical solution is:

w (x ) = N min N FL ln N min + max x + c1 L N max N min

The pinned support at x = 0 prevents any displacement, which leads to:

c1 = FL ln(N min ) N max N min

Therefore:
w (x ) = N N min FL x ln 1 + max N max N min LN min

MSheet result: In MSheet, the modulus of subgrade reaction is set equal to its minimum (k = 0.01 kN/m) in order to neglect the stiffness of the soil.
Benchmark MSheet Relative error [%] 0.00 0.04

Displacement at the bottom [mm] Displacement at the top [mm]

0 223.1

0 223.2

Use MSheet input file bm1-5.shi to run this benchmark.

33.6 Beam/wall with soil displacement

Description: An Euler-Bernoulli beam of finite length on elastic spring foundation is simulated [Lit 19]. The data for the beam are presented in [ 33.1]. The soil displacement on one side of the beam is prescribed as 0.1 m and a rigid support at one end of the beam prevents translation.

prescribed beam displacement

prescribed soil displacement

Figure 33-8 - Beam with prescribed displacement

288

MSHEET USER MANUAL

This problem is therefore identical to benchmark bm3-2 in [ 33.2] where a beam has a prescribed displacement of 0.1 m. Analytical result: The analytical results are identical to those from [ 33.2] as illustrated in Figure 33-8. MSheet result: In MSheet, the active and passive earth pressure coefficients must be chosen properly in order to avoid plasticity. To compare MSheet results and benchmark results, the stiffness of the soil in MSheet must be divided by a factor 2 (kMSheet = 5 kN/m) as the soil is present at both side of the beam. The maximum relative variation of displacement, shear force and moment are compared in the following table.
Maximum relative variation Displacement [mm] Shear force [kN] Moment [kNm] Benchmark MSheet Relative error [%] 0.00 0.00 0.00

100 (6.9) = 106.9 0.5 (2.2) = 2.7 0.0 (3.3) = 3.3

106.9 0 = 106.9 2.2 (0.5) = 2.7 3.3 0.0 = 3.3

Use MSheet input file bm1-6.shi to run this benchmark.

33.7 Load on beam/wall on elastic foundation, in stratified soil

Description: An Euler-Bernoulli beam of finite length (L = 20 m) on two different sections of elastic spring foundation is simulated. The different foundations are analogous to different soil layers. The beam is loaded by a force in the middle. See Figure 33-9.
+10m SOIL 1

k1 = 20 kN/m3 0m
beam

SOIL 2

k2 = 5 kN/m3

-10m

Figure 33-9 - Beam in stratified soil

VERIFICATION

289

Analytical result: This problem is similar to benchmark in [ 33.1] but with different expressions for the displacement in the different layers: soil 1: w1 (x ) = e 1 x [c 1 cos(1 x ) + c 2 sin(1 x )] + e 1 x [c 3 cos(1 x ) + c 4 sin(1 x )] soil 2: w2 (x ) = e 2 x [c 5 cos(2 x ) + c 6 sin(2 x )] + e 2 x [c 7 cos(2 x ) + c 8 sin(2 x )] with: w1 = displacement of the beam in soil 1 w2 = displacement of the beam in soil 2 44 = k/EI k1, k2 = modulus of subgrade reaction of soils 1 and 2 respectively EI = stiffness of the beam (1042 kNm/m) The constants in the analytical solution depend on the boundary conditions. At both ends the shear force and the bending moments are zero. At the interface of both soils, the displacement and the moment must be continuous. Thus:
x =0: x x x x x w1 = w2 dw 1 dw 2 =0: = dx dx d2 w 1 M = EI =0: = EI dx2 3 d w1 d 3w2 Q = EI =0: dx 3 dx 3 2w d 1 = 1 2 L : M = EI =0 dx2 3w d 1 = 1 2 L : Q = EI =0 dx 3 c1 + c 3 = c5 + c7 1 (c 1 + c 2 c 3 + c 4 ) = 2 (c 5 + c 6 c 7 + c 8 ) d2 w 2 dx2 =F 12 (c 2 c 4 ) = 22 (c 6 c 8 ) 1 3 (c 1 c 2 c 3 c 4 ) 23 (c 5 c 6 c 7 c 8 ) = F 2

x= x=

L: L:

d w2 =0 dx2 3 d w2 Q = EI =0 dx 3 M = EI

L L cos 1 c 2 + c 4 e 1 L sin 1 c 1 c 3 e 1 L = 0 2 2 1 L cos c 1 + c 2 + (c 3 + c 4 )e 1 L 2 L + sin 1 c 1 + c 2 + (c 3 c 4 )e 1 L = 0 2 2 L L cos c 8 + c 6 e 2 L + sin 2 c 7 c 5 e 2 L = 0 2 2 2 L 2 L cos c 7 + c 8 (c 5 c 6 )e 2 L sin 2 c 7 c 8 + (c 5 + c 6 )e 2 L = 0 2

( ( ( (

) )

290

MSHEET USER MANUAL

This leads to eight equations with eight unknowns which can be solved. Solving these equations gives:
c1 = 1.5981 10 -3 c 5 = 1.0314 10 -1

c2 = 2.0442 10 -4
c 3 = 1.0598 10 1 c 4 = 7.3864 10 2

c 6 = 1.4514 10 -1
c 7 = 4.4372 10 -3 c 8 = 2.9949 10 -3

MSheet result: Modeling this problem in MSheet is straightforward. The active and passive earth pressure coefficients must be chosen properly in order to avoid plasticity. To compare MSheet results and benchmark results, the modulus of subgrade reaction of the soil in MSheet must be divided by a factor 2 (k1MSheet = 10 kN/m and k2MSheet = 2.5 kN/m) as the soil is present on both sides of the beam. Results are compared in the following table.
Result Benchmark MSheet Relative error [%] 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

Maximum displacement [mm] Displacement at top [mm] Displacement at bottom [mm] Maximum shear force [kN] Minimum shear force [kN] Maximum bending moment [kNm] Minimum bending moment [kNm]

111.1 -24.8 -9.6 6.8 -3.2 10.7 -2.4

111.1 -24.8 -9.6 6.8 -3.2 10.7 -2.4

Use MSheet input file bm1-7.shi to run this benchmark.

33.8 Anchor wall stability for a short anchorage in homogeneous soil

Description: A sheet pile H = 7 m long has a ground surface at 0 m on one side and 4.5 m on the other side. An anchor is attached at 1.5 m, at an angle, , of 15 degrees to the horizontal axis. The anchor length is L = 4 m and the anchor wall is h = 1 m high. The soil is homogeneous.

VERIFICATION

291

GL 0 m

H
active slip plane sheet piling

T h
passive slip plane wall

GL - 4.5 m

4 4
= Arc tan h - T L cos

Figure 33-10 - Short anchor The result is calculated following the Kranz method for a short anchorage, as presented in [ 26.1]:
P= E a (E 0 + E r ) + E c Es

where: P = allowable anchor force Ea = active pressure on the sheet pile wall = Eo = active pressure on the anchor wall =
1 2
1 2

K a . eff . H 2 2c K a H H +T tan( ) 2

K a . eff . T 2 2c K a T

Er = horizontal pressure on the deep slide plane = eff L cos Es = factor due to anchor inclination = cos sin tan( ) 1 sin Ka = lateral earth pressure ratio at active yielding = 1 + sin Ec = cohesion along the slide plane = c.L. cos

H = distance between the level of the top of the sheet pile wall and the level at which the maximum bending moment occurs. In this case, H is the length of the sheet pile. Analytical result: For this problem the following values are chosen: effective weight of soil sheet pile length anchor length anchor wall length depth of the anchor connection to the sheet pile wall angle of the anchor with the horizontal axis angle of internal friction and lead to: T = z + h + L sin = 2.3486 m Ka = 0.4059

eff = 5 kN/m H=7m L=4m h=1m z=2m = 5 = 25

292

MSHEET USER MANUAL

= 49.41 Ea = 45.258 kN/m Eo = 4.101 kN/m Er = 42.273 kN/m Ec = 1.992 kN/m Es = 0.957 kN/m P = 0.917 kN/m

MSheet result: In MSheet, the calculation is performed using the Allowable Anchor Force option from the Calculation menu. The MSheet results and the benchmark results are compared in the following table.
Result Benchmark MSheet Relative error [%] 0.02 0.00 0.01 0.00 0.31 1.21

Ea: active pressure on sheet pile [kN] Er: horizontal pressure on slide plane [kN] E0: active pressure on anchor wall [kN] Ec: cohesion along slide plane [kN] Es: factor due to angle [-] P: allowable anchor force [kN]

45.258 42.273 4.101 1.992 0.957 0.917

45.250 42.273 4.100 1.992 0.960 0.906

Use MSheet input file bm1-8.shi to run this benchmark.

33.9 Anchor wall stability for a long anchorage in homogeneous soil

Description: This benchmark is very much the same as benchmark 33.8 except for the anchor length, L which is 10 meters. Now the anchorage is a long anchorage (see [chapter 26] for an explanation of the difference between short and long anchorages).
GL 0 m
passive slip plane wall

H
GL - 4.5 m

active slip plane sheet piling

4 4
= Arc tan H - T L cos

Figure 33-11 Long anchor

VERIFICATION

293

For a long anchorage, it is assumed that the allowable anchor force P depends on the active and passive sliding planes of the anchor wall [ 26.2]:
P = E p E0

where: Ep = passive pressure on anchor wall = E0 = active pressure on anchor wall =

1

K p . eff . T + 2c K p T

K a . eff . T 2 2c K a T

Ka = lateral earth pressure ratio at active yielding =

1 sin 1 + sin 1 + sin 1 sin

Kp = lateral earth pressure ratio at passive yielding =

Analytical result: For this problem the following values are chosen: effective weight of soil length sheet pile anchor wall length depth of the anchor connection to the sheet piling angle of the anchor with the horizontal axis angle of internal friction and lead to: Ka = 0.4059 Kp = 2.4639 Ep = 50.7926 kN/m E0 = 8.3666 kN/m P = 42.4260 kN/m

eff = 15 kN/m H=7m h=1m z=2m = 5 = 25

MSheet result: In MSheet, the calculation is performed using the Allowable Anchor Force option from the Calculation menu. The MSheet results and the benchmark results are compared in the following table.
Result Benchmark MSheet Relative error [%] 0.20 0.02 0.02

E0: active pressure on anchor wall [kN] Ep: passive pressure on anchor wall [kN] P: allowable anchor force [kN]

1.049 68.822 67.773

1.047 68.835 67.788

Use MSheet input file bm1-9.shi to run this benchmark.

294

MSHEET USER MANUAL

33.10 Calculation of the K-ratios for a straight slip surface

Description: Mller-Breslau (straight slip surface) The Muller-Breslau formula [Lit 1] assumes a straight slip surface with an angle of

in homogeneous soil. The K-ratios are calculated using the following equations, 4 2 which have been simplified by assuming the sheet pile wall is vertical and the ground surface horizontal:
Ka =

cos2 1 + sin sin( + ) cos

2

and

Kp =

cos2 1 sin sin( + ) cos

2

The neutral earth pressure ratio K0 is determined using the Jkys formula: K 0 = 1 sin Analytical result: For this problem the following values are chosen: = 25 and = 15. They lead to: Ka = 0.3507 Kp = 3.7234 K0 = 0.5774 MSheet result: In MSheet, calculations are performed using the Ka, Ko, Kp method in the Model window and the Straight slip surfaces option in the Soil Layers window. The results of the MSheet calculation and the analytical calculation are given in the following table.
Earth pressure coefficient Benchmark MSheet Relative error [%] 0.00 0.00 0.00

at active yielding Ka [-] at passive yielding Kp [-] at initial stress state K0 [-]

0.35 3.72 0.58

0.35 3.72 0.58

Use MSheet input file bm1-10.shi to run this benchmark.

33.11 Calculation of the K-ratios for a curved slip surface

Description: Kotter (curved slip surface) The Kotter equations [Lit 2] assume a curved slip surface (logarithmic spiral and straight part) in homogeneous soil with zero volumetric weight. The soil surface is assumed to be unloaded and horizontal.

VERIFICATION

295

Ka =

1 sin sin(2 + ) sin exp + + 2 tan with : cos(2 + ) = (1 + sin ) sin 2 1 + sin sin(2 ) sin exp + 2 tan with : cos(2 + ) = 2 sin (1 sin )

Kp =

The neutral earth pressure ratio K0 is determined using Jkys formula [Lit 10]:
K 0 = 1 sin

Analytical result: For this problem the following friction angle values are used: = 25 and = 15. These values lead to: Ka = 0.3564 Kp = 3.3414 K0 = 0.5774 MSheet result: In MSheet, calculations are performed using the Ka, Ko, Kp method in the Model window and the Curved slip surfaces option in the Soil Layers window. The results of the MSheet calculation and the analytical calculation are given in the following table.
Earth pressure coefficient Benchmark MSheet Relative error [%] 0.00 0.00 0.00

at active yielding Ka [-] at passive yielding Kp [-] at initial stress state K0 [-]

0.36 3.34 0.58

0.36 3.34 0.58

Use MSheet input file bm1-11.shi to run this benchmark.

33.12 Comparison of secant and tangent modulus of subgrade reaction

Description This benchmark evaluates the horizontal displacement of a rigid sheet pile wall (length L = 20 m, stiffness EI = 9x108 kNm/m) loaded with a horizontal line load of F = 160 kN/m applied to the centre of the wall. The stress-displacement diagram used has three branches, with intersections at 50 %, 80 % and 100 % of (Kp - Ka) V as illustrated in Figure 33-12. The stiffness of the different branches is defined employing two kinds of modulus of subgrade reaction: secant modulus (from CUR 166) in benchmark bm1-12a, tangent modulus (MSheet Classic) in benchmark bm1-12b.

296

MSHEET USER MANUAL

horizontal soil stress H k1CUR k2CUR k3CUR kp v

k3MSheet k2MSheet

50% ka v
k1MSheet

80%

100%

0 horizontal displacement

Figure 33-12 Stress-displacement diagram with three branches according to CUR 166 and MSheet Classic According to Figure 33-12, the relations that link the secant moduli k1, k2 and k3 from CUR 166 to the tangent moduli as used in MSheet are:
MSheet CUR k1 = k1

MSheet = k2

0.8 0.5 0.8 0.5 CUR CUR k2 k1 1 0.8 1 0.8 CUR CUR k3 k2

MSheet = k3

Analytical result: According to Table 3.3 of CUR 166 procedure [Lit 5], the stress-displacement diagram of a soft peat is defined with the following lowest values of modulus of subgrade reaction: k1CUR = 1000 kN/m k2CUR = 500 kN/m k3CUR = 250 kN/m So, the conversion to tangent moduli as used by MSheet leads to: k1 MSheet = 1000 kN/m k2 MSheet = 272.727272 kN/m k3 MSheet = 83.333333 kN/m The following values are chosen: = 0 kN/m c = 2 kN/m Ka = K0 = 0 Kp = 4 As the pile is supposed to be rigid, the distribution of the horizontal stresses along the pile is uniform and equal to:

VERIFICATION

297

H = F L = 160 / 20 = 8 kN /m2
As the unit weight of the soil is zero, the initial vertical stress is nil. This leads to:

a = K a v 2c K a = 0
0 = K 0 v = 0

p = K p v + 2c K p = 8 kN/m2 .
As the initial horizontal stress is equal to the active stress and the final horizontal stress is equal to the passive stress, the three branches in the stress-displacement diagram are used in the calculations. MSheet results: For MSheet calculation with secant moduli (benchmark bm1-12a), the option Secant (CUR 166) must be selected in the Soil Layers window. From Table 3.3 of CUR 166, the soft peat is selected. For MSheet calculation with tangent moduli (benchmark bm1-12b), the option Tangent (MSheet Classic) must be selected in the Soil Layers window.
MSheet Secant modulus (bm1-12a) 32.0 400.0 80.0 MSheet Tangent modulus (bm1-12b) 32.0 400.0 80.0 Relative error [%]

Max. displacement [m] Max. moment [kNm] Max. shear force [kN]

0.00 0.00 0.00

Use MSheet input file bm1-12a.shi and bm1-12b.shi to run this benchmark.

33.13 Displacement using several branches in the stress-displacement diagram

Description: This benchmark evaluates the horizontal displacement of a sheet pile wall (length L = 20 m) using four branches in the stress-displacement diagram. Four horizontal line loads of F = 40 kN/m are consecutively applied at four stages (Figure 33-13).

298

MSHEET USER MANUAL

F = 40 kN/m

F = 80 kN/m

stage 1

stage 2

F = 120 kN/m

F = 160 kN/m

stage 3

stage 4

Figure 33-13 Application of horizontal line loads for the four stages The four branches of the stress-displacement diagram have the following characteristics: Branch 1: k1 = 100 kN/m starting at H = 0 Branch 2: k2 = 500 kN/m starting at 25 % of (p a) Branch 3: k3 = 250 kN/m starting at 50 % of (p a) Branch 4: k4 = 400 kN/m starting at 75 % of (p a) For this problem, the following values are chosen: = 0 kN/ m c = 2 kN/m Ka = K0 = 0 Kp = 4 As the pile is supposed to be rigid (EI = 9 108 kNm/m), the distribution of the horizontal stresses along the pile is uniform and equal to:

H = F L
Analytical result: As the unit weight of the soil is zero, the initial vertical stress is nil. This leads to:

a = K a v 2c K a = 0
0 = K 0 v = 0

p = K p v + 2c K p = 8 kN/m2
According to the input percentage of stress variation, the four branches of the stressdisplacement diagram start respectively at 0, 2, 4 and 6 kPa. Each new load step corresponds to the limit point of each branch.

VERIFICATION

299

Then, the total displacement after each stage is: w1 = ( 1 0 ) k1 = (F L ) k1 = (40 20) 100 = 0.020 m
-

w2 = w1 + ( 2 1 ) k2 = 0.020 + (40 20) 500 = 0.024 m

w 3 = w2 + ( 3 2 ) k 3 = 0.024 + (40 20 ) 250 = 0.032 m

w 4 = w 3 + ( 4 3 ) k 4 = 0.032 + (40 20) 400 = 0.037 m

horizontal stress

4 = p 3 = 0.75 p 2 = 0.5 p 1 = 0.25p a = 0 = 0

w1 w2 w3

p = 8 kN/m2

displacement w4

Figure 33-14 Stress-displacement diagram MSheet result: MSheet calculations are performed using the Ka, Ko, Kp method in the Model window. The results of the MSheet calculation and the benchmark are given in the following table.
Benchmark MSheet Relative error [%] 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

Displacement stage 1 [mm] Displacement stage 2 [mm] Displacement stage 3 [mm] Displacement stage 4 [mm]

20 24 32 37

20.0 24.0 32.0 37.0

Use MSheet input file bm1-13.shi to run this benchmark.

300

MSHEET USER MANUAL

33.14 Displacement during unloading/reloading steps

F = 160 kN/m

F = 160 kN/m

F = 40 kN/m

F = 120 kN/m

F = 160 + 40 kN/m

F = 80 kN/m

F = 120 kN/m

Figure 33-15 Loads applied in each stage Description: This benchmark evaluates the horizontal displacement of a sheet pile wall (L = 20 m) loaded with a load of F1 = 160 kN/m (stage 1), unloaded with a load of F2 = 20 kN/m (stage 2) and reloaded with a load of F3 = 40 kN/m (stage 3). For this problem, the following values are used: = 0 kN/m c = 2 kN/m Kp = 4 Ka = K0 = 0 k1 = 100 kN/m k0 = 50 kN/m As the pile is supposed to be rigid (EI = 9 108 kNm/m), the distribution of the horizontal stresses along the pile is uniform and equal to H = F L . Benchmark result: As the unit weight of the soil is zero, the initial vertical stress is also zero. This leads to:

VERIFICATION

301

a = K a v 2c K a = 0
0 = K 0 v = 0

p = K p v + 2c K p = 8 kN/m2
The first load step leads to a passive state. The following unloading step leads therefore to non-elastic soil behavior: that means the unloading subgrade reaction coefficient k0 shall be used in the calculations for this stage. For the following reloading step, the soil is elastic: the subgrade reaction coefficient k1 shall therefore be used in the calculations for this stage. The displacements for each stage are: w1 = 1 k1 = F1 (Lk1 ) = 80 mm
-

w2 = w1 + ( 2 1 ) k 0 = w1 + F2 k 0 = 40 mm
w 3 = w2 + ( 3 2 ) k1 = w 2 + F3 k1 = 60 mm

This is illustrated in Figure 33-16, below.

horizontal stress

1 = 3 = p 2

p = 2cKp = 8 kN/m2

a = 0 = 0
w2 w3 w1

displacement

Figure 33-16 Stress-displacement diagram for unloading MSheet result: MSheet calculations are performed using the Ka, Ko, Kp method in the Model window. The results of the MSheet calculation and the benchmark are given in the following table.
Benchmark MSheet Relative error [%] 0.00 0.00 0.00

Displacement stage 1: loading [mm] Displacement stage 2: unloading [mm] Displacement stage 3: reloading [mm]

80 40 60

80.0 40.0 60.0

Use MSheet input file bm1-14.shi to run this benchmark.

302

MSHEET USER MANUAL

33.15 Anchor force and displacement

Description: The middle of a beam (length L = 20 m) is loaded with a horizontal force F = 20 kN/m and reinforced with an anchor inclined at = 30. See Figure 33-17. If the soil has no stiffness, then the applied force is completely transmitted to the anchor.

beam

Fa

anchor

Figure 33-17 Position of the anchor Benchmark result: According to Figure 33-17, equilibrium gives:
Fa = 20 F = = 23.09 kN/m cos cos 30

For elastic behavior, the horizontal displacement at the middle of the beam is:
w= Fa l = 12.698 mm Aa E a cos

where Ea = 2.1 108 kN/m Aa = 10-4 m/m l = 10 m

Modulus of elasticity of the anchor Cross-section area of the anchor Length of the anchor

MSheet result: In MSheet, the modulus of subgrade reaction is set equal to its minimum (k = 0.01 kN/m) in order to neglect the stiffness of the soil.
Benchmark MSheet Relative error [%] 0.00 0.00

Anchor force [kN] Maximum displacement [mm]

23.09 12.7

23.09 12.7

Use MSheet input file bm1-15.shi to run this benchmark.

VERIFICATION

303

33.16 Pre-stressed anchor

Description: A beam is reinforced with an anchor at the middle. The data for the beam are the same as in [ 33.1]. The anchor is pre-tensioned with a force Fpt = 10 kN/m (Figure 33-18a). This problem is equivalent to benchmark 0 where an external load of 10 kN/m is applied (Figure 33-18). Therefore, the displacement should be equal to 117.9 mm as described in that benchmark.
a) b)

anchor
beam

F = Fpt
beam

Fpt

Figure 33-18 Anchor with pre-tensioning MSheet result: The results of the MSheet calculation and the benchmark are given in the following table.
Benchmark MSheet Relative error [%] 0.00 0.00

Anchor force [kN] Displacement [mm]

10 117.9

10 117.9

Use MSheet input file bm1-16.shi to run this benchmark.

33.17 Strut force and displacement

Description: The data for this problem are the same as given in [ 33.15], but the anchor is replaced by a strut (same characteristics). Benchmark result: The same analytical results are expected as for [ 33.15]. MSheet result: In MSheet, the modulus of subgrade reaction is set equal to its minimum (k = 0.01 kN/m) in order to neglect the stiffness of the soil. The results of the MSheet calculation and the benchmark are given in the following table.

304

MSHEET USER MANUAL

Benchmark

MSheet

Strut force [kN] Maximum displacement [mm]

23.09 12.7

23.09 12.7

Relative error [%] 0.00 0.00

Use MSheet input file bm1-17.shi to run this benchmark.

33.18 Pre-stressed strut

Description: The data for this problem are the same as given in [ 33.16], but the anchor is replaced by a strut (with the same characteristics). Benchmark result: The same analytical results are expected as for [ 33.16]. MSheet result: The results of the MSheet calculation and the benchmark are given in the following table.
Benchmark MSheet Relative error [%] 0.00 0.00

Strut force [kN] Displacement [mm]

10 117.9

10 117.9

Use MSheet input file bm1-18.shi to run this benchmark.

33.19 Single pile loaded by horizontal force Modulus of subgrade reaction (Mnard)
Description: This benchmark is identical to benchmark bm1-1 except that the sheet pile is replaced by a single pile loaded by a horizontal force and the modulus of subgrade reaction is calculated according to Mnard [Lit 8]: k= 3Em if
R R0

1.3R0 (2.65 R R0 ) + R
18 E m

k=

2R 4 (2.65) + 3

if

R < R0

VERIFICATION

305

with: k = Modulus of horizontal subgrade reaction [kN/m] Em = Pressiometric modulus [kN/m] R0 = 0.3 m R = D / 2Half width of the pile [m] D = Diameter of the pile [m] = Rheological coefficient depending on the kind of the soil: peat 1 clay 2/3 loam 1/2 sand 1/3 gravel 1/4

Benchmark result: The formulas of the analytical solution are the same as in [ 33.1]. With D = 1 m, Em = 5 kN/ m and if clay is selected as the Mnard soil type ( = 2/3), the modulus of subgrade reaction in MSheet is k = 10.84454 kN/m3. To compare analytical results to MSheet results, the stiffness of the soil in the analytical solution must be multiplied by a factor 2 as the soil is present at both side of the beam in MSheet. With EI = 1042 kNm/m, L = 20 m and F = 10 kN, the constants of the general solution are equal to: c 1 = 9.87618 10 -4
c 2 = 5.29069 10 -5 c 3 = 6.29042 10 2

c 4 = 6.19695 10-2 MSheet result: Modeling this problem in MSheet is straightforward. The earth pressure coefficients must be chosen properly in order to avoid plasticity (Ka = 0.1, K0 = 5 and Kp = 17). Results are compared in the following table.
Benchmark MSheet Relative error [%] 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

Max.displacement at x = 0 m [mm] Min. displacement at x = 10 m [mm] Max. shear force at x = 0 m [kN] Min. shear force at x = 0 m [kN] Max. moment at x = 0 [kNm] Min. moment [kNm]

63.9 -15.3 5 -5 9.3 -1.3

63.9 -15.3 5 -5 9.3 -1.3

Use MSheet input file bm1-19.shi to run this benchmark.

306

MSHEET USER MANUAL

33.20 Single pile loaded by horizontal force Earth pressures (Brinch-Hansen)

Description: A single pile of length L = 5 m and diameter B = 0.6 m , in stratified soil, is loaded by a horizontal force F = 300 kN acting half way down the pile. As the pile is supposed to be rigid (stiffness EI = 1010 kNm2 ), the distribution of the horizontal stresses along the pile is uniform and equal to H = F (L B ) = 100 kN/m2 . The passive, active and neutral pressures against the pile are calculated according to Brinch-Hansen [Lit 17]:

a = n = 0
+ Kc c p = Kq v

where Kq and Kc are factors of Brinch-Hansen for piles:

0 Kq + Kq q

Kq =

D B

1 + q

D B D B

Kc =

0 Kc + Kc c

1 + c
+ tan

D B
+ tan cos tan cos tan + e 2 4 2 4 2

0 = e 2 Kq

+ tan 0 Kc = e 2 cos tan + 1 cot 4 2

Kq = Kc K 0 tan

Kc = N c dc

dc = 1.58 + 4.09 tan 4

VERIFICATION

307

N c = e tan tan2 + 1 cot 4 2

K 0 = 1 sin
0 Kq Kq 0 Kq

q =

K 0 sin sin + 4 2

c =

Kc

0 Kc 0 Kc

2 sin + 4 2

D = Average depth at the middle of the layer [m] By identification with the usual formula for the calculation of the passive earth + 2c * K p , it can be deduced: pressure p = K p v
K p = Kq c Kc

Passive earth pressure coefficient [-]

c* =

Adapted cohesion [kN/m2]

2 Kq

Benchmark results: Factors Kq and Kc are calculated according to the formulas given above. Results for the different layers are given in the following table:
Layer 1 0 1 15 10 20 3.0855 12.4286 35.3777 Layer 2 -2 2.75 20 0 32 10.6483 40.4978 0 Layer 3 -3.5 4.25 15 20 25 6.6222 26.9113 104.5760

Top level [m] Depth D [m] Saturated weight [kN/ m] Cohesion c [kN/ m] Friction angle [] Factor Kq = Kp [-] Factor Kc [-] Adapted cohesion c* [kN/ m]

The effective vertical stress and the passive earth pressure are calculated for four different depths. These results are given in the table below:

308

MSHEET USER MANUAL

Depth z Water pressure Total vertical stress

0.4 m 10 0.4 = 4 kPa 15 0.4 = 6 kPa

2.4 m 10 2.4 = 24 kPa 15 2 + 20 (2.4 2) = 38 kPa

Eff. vertical stress v Passive earth pressure p Passive mobilized resistance H / p

64 = 2 kPa 3.0855 2 + 12.4286 10 = 130.4570 kPa 100 / 130.4570 = 76.7 %

38 24 = 14 kPa 10.6483 14 = 149.0769 kPa 100 / 149.0769 = 67.1 %

4.1 m 10 4.1 = 41 kPa 15 2 + 20 1.5 + 15 (4.1 3.5) = 69 kPa 69 41 = 28 kPa

6.6222 28 + 26.9113 20 = 723.6477 kPa 100 / 723.6477 = 13.8 %

MSheet results: The results of the MSheet calculation and the benchmark are given in the following table.
Depth Benchmark MSheet Relative error [%] 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

Passive earth pressure coefficient Kp Mobilized passive resistance

0 to -2 m -2 m to -3.5 m -3.5 m to -5 m 0.4 m 2.4 m 4.1 m

3.09 10.65 6.62 77 67 14

3.09 10.65 6.62 77 67 14

Use MSheet input file bm1-20.shi to run this benchmark.

33.21 Flexural stiffness of a combined wall

Description: In this benchmark, the calculation of the flexural stiffness of the upper and lower parts of a combined wall is checked. The combined wall consists of three PU 12 sheet piling elements between each pair of King piles (HZ775C-12). The center-to-center distance between the King piles is 0.53 + 3 0.6 = 2.33 m. The length of the King piles is 10 m and the length of the sheet piling is 5 m. See Figure 33-19 for a graphic representation of the combined wall. (The values used in the benchmark are the same as those used in the tutorial on combined walls [ 12]).

VERIFICATION

309

2.33 m

sheet piling (EI = 45360 kNm2/m')

5m

0.6 m

5m

0.53m

pile (EI = 847035 kNm2)

Figure 33-19 Combined wall Benchmark results: For the upper part of the wall, the flexural stiffness of one PU 12 sheet piling is 45360 0.6 = 27216 kNm. The flexural stiffness of one King pile is 847035 kNm. The flexural stiffness of the considered 2.33 m section of the wall (1 pile + 3 sheet-piling parts) is 847035 + 3 27216 = 928683 kNm. The corresponding value per running meter is EI = 928683 / 2.33 = 398576.3948 kNm/m. For the lower part of the wall, the flexural stiffness of one steel pile is 847035 kNm. As the acting width of the pile is 0.53 m, the corresponding value per running meter is EI = 847035 / 0.53 = 1598179.245 kNm/m. MSheet results: In the Sheet Piling window of the Construction menu of MSheet, the Combined Wall option is used: for the Sheet pile, type PU 12 is selected from the library and for the Pile, type HZ775C-12 is selected. The results of the MSheet calculation and the benchmark are given in the following table. Benchmark 9.2868 105 8.4704 105 MSheet 9.2869 105 8.4705 105 Relative error [%] 0.00 0.00

Stiffness upper part [kNm] Stiffness lower part [kNm]

Use MSheet input file bm1-21.shi to run this benchmark.

310

MSHEET USER MANUAL

34
34 Benchmarks from literature

This chapter contains benchmarks described in literature, for which an approximate solution is known.

34.1 Horizontal load due to different level of water table

Description: A sheet pile wall is loaded by hydrostatic water pressure, with (as far as is physically possible) stationary, but different, water table levels on either side of the wall. In MSheet a sheet pile wall 12 m long is placed in homogeneous soil with the water table at the top of the wall. Thereafter, in succeeding stages, the water table on the left hand side of the wall is lowered to -2, -4 and -6 m respectively. The water pressures at the middle level and the toe level are compared.
GL = 0.0

-2 m

-2 m

-2 m

-12 m

Figure 34-1 Changing water levels for bm2-1

312

MSHEET USER MANUAL

Analytical result: On both sides the water pressure increases linearly with depth. The increase per meter depth equals the volumetric weight of the water. MSheet result: The calculations are carried out using the input file which is similar to that for benchmark 33.4. The results of MSheet and the benchmark are compared in the following table.
Benchmark [kN/m] 60 120 40 100 20 80 0 60 MSheet [kN/m] 60 120 40 100 20 80 0 60 Relative error [%] 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

water pressure with lower water level at 0 m (left) water pressure with lower water level at 2 m (left) water pressure with lower water level at4 m (left) water pressure with lower water level at 6 m (left)

middle toe middle toe middle toe middle toe

Use MSheet input file bm2-1.shi to run this benchmark.

34.2 Fundamental solution according to Culmann

Description: At failure the equilibrium of a sliding soil mass must be insured. For a simple case the equilibrium can be calculated analytically. A short sheet pile wall (length L = 2 m) is fixed at the toe. The soil is purely cohesive (c = 1 kN/m2 and = 0) and almost mass-less (soil = 1 kN/m). In this case the shear force along a sliding surface is known (length of surface cohesion) and the equilibrium can be calculated (Figure 34-2). A surcharge load of q = 2 kN/m2 is applied; this value is the maximum force possible that insures stability.

VERIFICATION

313

Analytical result:
soil mass l = 2m load = 100 kN Fwall = 98 kN c = 1 kN/m2 equilibrium with load

= 1 kN/m3
h = 2m

Fn = 1002 kN

L=

2m

Fload = 100 kN

fixed

Fsoil weight = 2 kN Ffriction = 22 kN

Figure 34-2 The force against the wall is calculated graphically MSheet result: The results of MSheet and the benchmark are shown in the following table.
Benchmark MSheet 2.0 2.0 98.0 98.0 Relative error [%] 0.00 0.00

Total force without surface load [kN] Total force with surface load [kN]

Use MSheet input file bm2-2.shi to run this benchmark.

314

MSHEET USER MANUAL

35
35 Benchmarks: special applications

This chapter contains benchmarks which test program features specific to MSheet.

35.1 Comparing the c, , and Ka, K0, Kp methods: uniform load on lower side
Description: To check that the results of the c, , method will not deviate very much from the Ka, K0, Kp method, a calculation is performed using both methods. A sheet pile wall, of length 7.0 m and EI = 8700 kNm2/m is retains sand with a height difference of 2m from one side of the wall to the other. The surface on the lower (right) side of a sheet pile wall is loaded with a uniform load of 25 kN/m.
0.0

-2.0

-7.0

Figure 35-1 Geometry for bm3-1

316

MSHEET USER MANUAL

MSheet results: In the table below, the results found using the Ka, K0, Kp method and the c, , method are presented and compared.
Ka, K0, Kp method (bm3-1a) 7.1 10.3 10.6 c, , method (bm3-1b) 7.2 10.4 10.7 Relative error [%] 1.39 0.96 0.93

Maximum displacement [mm] Maximum moment [kNm] Maximum shear force [kN]

Use MSheet input file bm3-1a.shi and bm3-1b.shi to run this benchmark.

35.2 Comparing the c, , and Ka, K0, Kp methods: uniform load on higher side
Description: The calculation method is the same as [ 35.1], but now the surface on the higher (left) side of the wall is loaded instead.

0.0

-2.0

-7.0

Figure 35-2 geometry for bm3-2 MSheet results: In the table below the results of the Ka, K0, Kp method and the c, , method are presented and compared.

VERIFICATION

317

Maximum displacement [mm] Maximum moment [kNm] Maximum shear force [kN]

Ka, K0, Kp method (bm3-2a) 70.6 61.8 32.5

c, , method (bm3-2b) 72.1 62.8 33.0

Relative error [%] 2.08 1.59 1.52

Use MSheet input file bm3-2a.shi and bm3-2b.shi to run this benchmark.

35.3 Compare load distance to sheet pile: load of 25 kN/m on high side
Description: To verify the influence on the results of the exact starting point of a surcharge load, the geometry show in Figure 35-3 is loaded by a uniform surcharge of 25 kN/m2 starting near the wall and ending at 50 m from the wall. The distance between the load and the sheet pile wall is varied from 0 m, 0.01 m, to 0.1 m.

0.0

50 m

-2.0

-7.0

0.01m 0.1m

Figure 35-3 Geometry for bm3-3

318

MSHEET USER MANUAL

MSheet results: In the table below the results for different distances between the load and the sheet pile wall are presented for comparison. Calculations are performed with the Fine earth pressure coefficients option from the Calculation Options window.
distance: 0 m (bm3-3a) 70.9 61.8 32.4 distance: 0.01 m (bm3-3b) 70.7 61.7 32.3 distance: 0.1 m (bm3-3c) 65.6 57.9 30.3

Max. displacement [mm] Max. moment [kNm] Max. shear force [kN]

Use MSheet input files bm3-3a.shi, bm3-3b.shi and bm3-3c.shi to run this benchmark.

35.4 Influence of soil against sheet pile wall for an excavation

Description: Three cases are compared to verify if an excavation where a small part of soil has been left against the sheet pile wall can be schematized by putting a load of same size and weight on the surface behind the sheet pile. These cases are outlined below and shown in Figure 35-4, Figure 35-5 and Figure 35-6: 1. An initial situation with different horizontal levels at each side of the sheet pile without any load or excavation; 2. A small part of soil is added on a horizontal surface. This calculation is performed by means of partly excavating a higher surface level; 3. A load is put on the surface to schematize the effect of case 2.

Figure 35-4: Initial (bm3-4a)

Figure 35-5: With soil (bm3-4b)

Figure 35-6: With load (bm3-4c)

VERIFICATION

319

MSheet results: In the table below the results of the different calculations are presented for comparison.
Initial (bm3-4a) 19.2 16.2 12.0 With soil (bm3-4b) 33.4 26.9 15.1 With load (bm3-4c) 29.9 24.6 14.9

Maximum displacement [mm] Maximum moment [kNm] Maximum shear force [kN]

Use MSheet input files bm3-4a.shi, bm3-4b.shi and bm3-4c.shi to run this benchmark.

35.5 Equilibrium of initially unequal surfaces and surcharges

Description: The option First stage represents initial situation from the Calculation Options window allows modeling of initially non-horizontal surfaces, or initial loads that already exist before installation of the sheet piling. This benchmark verifies that a combination of initially unequal surfaces and surcharges does not result in any displacement and moments during the first phase, provided that no active or passive soil yielding occurs. It is also checked if the incremental displacements and moments during subsequent stages are the same as the incremental results from a standard MSheet analysis, again provided that no soil yielding occurs. The input data is summarized below: homogeneous soil, unit weight = 10 kN/m modulus of subgrade reaction = 1000 kPa/m c, , method cohesion = 0 kN/m2 sheet piling length = 21 m flexural stiffness of sheet piling = 4.1370 108 kNm2/m Phreatic surface located at 100 m The loading is modeled as follows: Phase 1: On the left of the sheet pile wall is a surface higher than the top of the wall, comparable to a surcharge of 10 kN/m. On the right hand side of the sheet pile wall an initial surcharge of 20 kN/m. Phase 2: The surcharge on the right hand side is reduced to 10 kN/m. The non-horizontal surface on the left-hand side is replaced by a surface load with equal weight. Phase 3: An excavation of 1 m on the right hand side.

320

MSHEET USER MANUAL

10

20

10

10

10 10

Figure 35-7 Loading phase 1, 2,3 MSheet results: Friction angle = 30 (bm3-5a) The results show that displacements and moments are as expected compared to the target values derived from the standard MSheet analysis, and that no displacement occurs during the initial stage.
Target 0 4.1 7.8 MSheet 0 4.1 7.8 Relative error [%] 0.00 0.00 0.00

Displacement top for stage 1 [mm] Displacement top for stage 2 [mm] Displacement top for stage 3 [mm]

Friction angle = 5 (bm3-5b) If the friction angle is reduced to 5 degrees, then displacements and moments will arise during the initial stage, due to soil yielding.

VERIFICATION

321

Displacement top for stage 1 [mm] Displacement top for stage 2 [mm] Displacement top for stage 3 [mm]

MSheet 0.6 3.4 11.4

Use MSheet input files bm3-5a.shi and bm3-5b.shi to run this benchmark.

35.6 Additional horizontal pressure due to a uniform load

Description: This benchmark evaluates the horizontal stress distribution along the sheet piling due to a uniform load q = 20 kN/m. Calculations are performed with the K method with Ka = K0 = Kp = 1.
uniform load

pile

= 0kN/m3

Figure 35-8 Uniform distribution of the load Benchmark result: The soil weight is nil so that the horizontal stress along the pile due to the soil weight is nil. The horizontal stress along the sheet piling is therefore constant and equal to 20 kN/m ie equal to the vertical stress since Ka = K0 = Kp = 1. MSheet result:
Benchmark MSheet Relative error [%] 0.00

Horizontal pressure along the sheet piling [kN/m]

20

20

Use MSheet input file bm3-6.shi to run this benchmark.

322

MSHEET USER MANUAL

35.7 Additional horizontal pressure due to a surcharge load

Description: This benchmark evaluates the horizontal stress distribution along a pile due to a triangular surcharge load with qmax = 20 kN/m at x = 0 m and qmin = 0 at x = 5 m. When using a surcharge load, calculations can be performed only using the Culmann method.

surcharge load

pile

= 0kN/m3

Figure 35-9 Triangular distribution of the surcharge load In MSheet, two cases shall be considered according to the values of the K-ratios calculated with the Culmann method: i) If Ka < K0 < Kp, then the additional horizontal earth pressure due to the surcharge load becomes:

H (y ) =

f (x
i =1

2Pmi x mi 2 y
2 mi

+ y2

where: y n L = 10 m xmi Pmi f

Vertical coordinate [m] Number of elements Length of the sheet pile Horizontal coordinate at the middle of element i [m] Average load of element i [kN/m] Multiplication factor (influence of the sheet pile wall)

if x i > L L f = 2 x if xi L L i ii) If Kp < Ka and/or K0 < Ka, then MSheet will calculate new K0 and/or Kp ratios: Kp = Ka and/or K0 = Ka. The horizontal earth pressure due to the surcharge load becomes:

VERIFICATION

323

H (y ) = K (y ) V (y )
with: K(y) = neutral earth pressure coefficient at depth y

V (y ) =

i =1

2qmi

[( i +1 i ) + sin i +1 cos i +1 sin i cos i ]

i = arctan

xi y

i + 1 = arctan

xi +1 y

with: xi and xi+1 qmi

Horizontal coordinates of boundaries of element i [m] Average surcharge of element i [kN/m]

Benchmark result: The soil weight is nil so that the horizontal stress along the pile due to the soil weight is nil, only the horizontal stress due to the surcharge load is calculated by MSheet. If the value of the cohesion is high (c = 100 kN/m), case i) for the K-ratios is checked. If the value of the cohesion is nil, case ii) is checked. The K-values from MSheet results are used in the analytical calculation of the horizontal pressure. The horizontal stress distribution for both cases is calculated in a spreadsheet. The surcharge load is divided into 50 elements of 0.1 m. Results at different depths are presented in the tables below. MSheet result: Results for case i): c = 100 kN/m (bm3-7a):
Horizontal pressure [kN/m] at depth 2 m at depth 4 m at depth 6 m at depth 8 m at depth 10 m Benchmark MSheet Relative error [%] 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

4.54 1.59 0.68 0.34 0.19

4.54 1.59 0.68 0.34 0.19

324

MSHEET USER MANUAL

Results for case ii): c = 0 kN/m (bm3-7b):

Benchmark [kN/m] 19.75 19.50 19.24 18.99 18.74 MSheet [kN/m] 19.75 19.50 19.24 18.99 18.74 Relative error [%] 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

Horizontal pressure

at depth 2 m at depth 4 m at depth 6 m at depth 8 m at depth 10 m

Use MSheet input files bm3-7a.shi and bm3-7b.shi to run this benchmark.

35.8 Non-horizontal surface

Description: In MSheet, a non-horizontal soil surface (bm3-8a) is alternatively modeled as a horizontal surface with additional surcharge loads (bm3-8b). This benchmark compares the results of both configurations calculated with MSheet. The Culmann method is used.
2m q = 15 kN/m2 1m

eff = 15 kN/m3 c = 5 kN/m2 = 30 degrees = 25 degrees

eff = 15 kN/m3 c = 5 kN/m2 = 30 degrees = 25 degrees

Figure 35-10 Non-horizontal soil surface modeled as a horizontal surface with an additional trapezoidal surcharge Benchmark results: In MSheet, a calculation is performed using the configuration of bm3-8b, with a horizontal soil surface loaded with a trapezoidal surcharge which has the same weight and form that the top layer of bm3-8a. MSheet results: The calculation is performed using the configuration of bm3-8a. The results of the two methods are compared in the table below:
Benchmark (bm3-8b) 19.3 25.2 MSheet (bm3-8a) 19.3 25.2 Relative error [%] 0.00 0.00

Maximum moment [kNm] Maximum shear stress [kN]

Use MSheet input file bm3-8a.shi and bm3-8b.shi to run this benchmark.

VERIFICATION

325

35.9 Symmetry (left and right side)

Description: The symmetry of a problem in MSheet is checked. Calculations are performed using the Culmann method.
q = 50 kN/m2
a b

eff = 15 kN/m3 c = 5 kN/m2 = 30 degrees = 25 degrees

eff = 15 kN/m3 c = 5 kN/m2 = 30 degrees = 25 degrees

Figure 35-11 Symmetry of the problem MSheet results: Two calculations are performed with MSheet: with the upper side on the left (bm3-9a) with the upper side on the right (bm3-9b). The results of the two calculations are compared in the table below:
MSheet (bm3-9a) 67.5 -37.8 -26.3 MSheet (bm3-9b) -67.5 37.8 26.3 Relative error [%] 0.00 0.00 0.00

Max. displacement [mm] Max. moment [kNm] Max shear force [kN]

Use MSheet input file bm3-9a.shi and bm3-9b.shi to run this benchmark.

35.10 Effect of the acting width

Description: The effect of the acting width [ 32.1.1] is checked in this benchmark. The same problem is considered for two values of the acting width: 1 m and 2 m. This benchmark checks that output pressures and moments are multiplied by a factor 2 when the acting width is 2 m.

326

MSHEET USER MANUAL

MSheet results: The normal force must be entered as a total force (in kN). As the normal force per running meter is set equal to 5 kN/m, then the input normal forces are 5 kN and 10 kN respectively for the benchmarks with an acting width of 1 and 2 m. The results of these two analyses are compared in the table below:
Results MSheet bm3-10a 1m -4.3 -29.6 -27.3 -44.94 28.65 -2.90 -5.00 -24.19 102.00 58.3 91.5 77.31 58.32 75.4 308.19 227.83 73.9 91.438 Factor bm3-10b 2m -4.3 -59.1 -54.5 -89.87 57.31 -5.80 -10.00 -48.36 102.00 116.6 182.9 154.63 116.63 75.4 616.38 455.66 73.9 182.876

Allowable Anchor Force

Acting width [m] Maximum displacement [mm] Maximum moment [kNm] Maximum shear force [kN] Vertical force active [kN] Vertical force passive [kN] Vertical anchor force [kN] Normal force on sheet piling [kN] Resulting vertical force [kN] Vertical force capacity [kN] Horizontal effective pressure (left) [kN] Horizontal effective pressure (right) [kN] Maximum passive effective resistance [kN] Mobilized passive effective resistance [kN] Percentage mobilized resistance [%] Maximum passive moment [kNm] Mobilized passive moment [kNm] Percentage mobilized moment [%] Ea: active pressure sheet pile (with loads) [kN] Ea: active pressure sheet pile (no loads) [kN] Er: horizontal pressure slide plane (with loads) [kN] Er: horizontal pressure slide plane (no loads) [kN] E0: active pressure anchor wall [kN] Ec: cohesion along slide plane [kN] Allowable anchor force (with loads) [kN] Allowable anchor force (no loads) [kN] Calculated anchor force [kN]
Soil collapse Vertical force balance

1.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 1.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 1.00 2.00 2.00 1.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00

87.410 10.735 10.427 23.410 2.989 60.417 56.689 33.262

174.819 21.470 20.854 46.820 5.977 120.835 113.378 66.525

Use MSheet input files bm3-10a.shi and bm3-10b.shi to run this benchmark.

VERIFICATION

327

35.11 Vertical force balance

Description: The vertical balance of a sheet pile wall loaded with a horizontal load F = 100 kN/m in the middle, loaded by a normal force of N = 40 kN over the entire sheet piling, and reinforced at the middle by an anchor with an inclination = 15 is checked according to [chapter 28]. The pile has the following properties: length L = 10 m, acting width b = 2.5 m, height h = 400 mm, coating area Acoat = 1.35 m2/m2 wall, steel section Asteel = 170 cm2/m. The soil reaction is neglected as the modulus of subgrade reaction is equal to k = 0.01 kN/m. The soil weight is = 15 kN/m, the angle of friction is = 20, the neutral earth pressure coefficient is K0 = 0.58 and the cone resistance is qc = 6 MPa.
N

friction passive side active side

pile

Fanchor anchor

Figure 35-12 Forces equilibrium in benchmark 3-11 The vertical balance is checked considering two cases: the resulting force from friction is supposed to be entirely downwards on the active side and upwards on the passive side, therefore
friction friction Fpassive = Factive =

K 0 z tan b dz = K 0

L2
2

tan b

a coating area exists along the sheet piling, therefore L2 friction friction Fpassive = Factive = K0 tan b Acoat 2

Benchmark result: For the calculation of the vertical force balance, four contributions must be considered:
friction friction Fbalance = Factive + F passive + N + FVanchor

328

MSHEET USER MANUAL

with:
friction friction Fpassive = Factive = K0
friction friction F passive = Factive = K0

L2
2

tan b = 395.82 kN (plugged) tan b Acoat = 534.35 kN (unplugged)

L2
2

FVanchor = F tan b = 66.99 kN N = 40 kN

The vertical force balance is then equal to: Fbalance = 106.99 kN The vertical force capacity is:
Fmax =

pr ;max; po int Asteel b m,b pr ; po int;max h b m,b

0.75 6000 0.017 2.5 = 153 kN (unplugged) 1.25

Ftoe,d =

0.75 6000 0.4 2.5 = 3600 kN (plugged) 1.25

MSheet result: The results of the benchmark are compared with those found by MSheet in the table below: Benchmark MSheet Relative error [%]
Unplugged results: Vertical active force [kN] Vertical passive force [kN] Vertical anchor force [kN] Normal force on sheet piling [kN] Resulting vertical force [kN] Vertical force capacity [kN] Plugged results: Vertical active force [kN] Vertical passive force [kN] Vertical anchor force [kN] Normal force on sheet piling [kN] Resulting vertical force [kN] Vertical force capacity [kN]

-534.35 534.35 -66.99 -40.00 -106.99 153.00 -395.82 395.82 -66.99 -40.00 -106.99 3600.00

-534.35 534.36 -66.98 -40.00 -106.97 153.00 -395.81 395.82 -66.98 -40.00 -106.97 3600.00

0.00 0.00 0.01 0.00 0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.01 0.00 0.02 0.00

Use MSheet input file bm3-11.shi to run this benchmark.

VERIFICATION

329

35.12 Horizontal pressures in stratified soil with additional pore pressures

Description: The horizontal pressures along a pile (L = 16 m) in a stratified soil are calculated. The geometry is outlined in Figure 35-13.

CLAY

CLAY

PEAT

PEAT

SAND

SAND

Figure 35-13 Stratified soil with additional pore pressures The following characteristics are chosen: Clay dry 0 14 0.61 0 0 wet -1 Peat wet -12 11 0.69 -42 -80 Sand wet -13 20 0.43 -80 -80

Depth top layer [kN/m] K0 Additional pore pressure

top: bottom:

0 -42

Benchmark result: Horizontal effective pressure is calculated for four different depths: z = -0.6 m

w = 0 kN/m2

z = -3.20 m

z = -12.40 m

z = -16 m
H

(3.20 1) = 13.6 kN/m2 (12 1) = 0.61 (14 3.20 13.6) = 19.032 kN/m2 H (80 42) (12.4 12) = 56.8 kN/m2 w = 10 (12.4 1) 42 + (13 12) = 0.69 [12 14 + 0.4 11 56.8] = 79.764 kN/m2 H w = 10 (16 1) 80 = 70 kN/m2 = 0.43 [12 14 + (13 12) 11 + (16 13) 20 70] = 72.67 kN/m2
w = 10 (3.20 1) 42

2 H = K 0 ( V w ) = K 0 ( z 0 ) = 0.61 14 0.6 = 5.124 kN/m

330

MSHEET USER MANUAL

MSheet result: The results of the MSheet calculation are compared with the benchmark in the table below:
Depth Benchmark MSheet Relative error [%] 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

Pore pressure [kN]

Horizontal pressure [kN]

-0.6 m -3.2 m -12.4 m -16 m -0.6 m -3.2 m -12.4 m -16 m

0.00 13.60 56.80 70.00 5.12 19.03 79.76 72.67

0.00 13.60 56.80 70.00 5.12 19.03 79.76 72.67

Use MSheet input file bm3-12.shi to run this benchmark.

35.13 Functioning of classes in option Verify Sheet Piling (Method II)

Description: The verification is made on an anchored sheet pile wall where two loads are applied during the second stage: a uniform load of 20 kN/m2 on the active side and a surcharge load of 2 kN/m2 on the passive side (Figure 35-14). The following input low representative values are used: Anchor modulus Eanchor = 1.9 108 kPa Cohesion c = 11 kPa Friction angle = 30 Delta friction angle = 20 Modulus of subgrade reaction k = 13000 kN/m Ground level at passive side GLpas = -4 m Phreatic line at passive side WLpas = -6 m Phreatic line at active side WLact = -1 m Multiplication factor (anchor stiffness) f = 1.3

VERIFICATION

331

Figure 35-14 Geometry for the sheet piling verification (stage 2) When selecting the option Verify Sheet Piling, MSheet applies the partial factors and level variations as defined in the Default Partial Factors window on soil strength (c, , and k), ground level and phreatic surface, only during the selected stage [ 29.3], here the second stage. Verification consists of the execution of six analyses (steps 6.1 to 6.5 and step 9.1), for the five following safety classes: representative, I, II, III and user-defined. The user-defined partial factors and level changes are: Factor on cohesion 1.25 Factor on tangent phi 1.3 Factor on modulus of subgrade reactions 0.8 Change in surface level on passive side 0.4 m Change in phreatic line on passive side 0.3 m Change in phreatic line on active side 0.1 m The inputted partial factors on loads (uniform and surcharge) apply only for safety class III and user-defined safety class. For other safety classes (representative, I and II) the partial factor on loads is set equal to 1 as prescribed in table 3.7 of the CUR 166 procedure, whatever the inputted partial factor. For safety class III, table 3.7 of CUR 166 prescribes values of 1.25 for unfavorable loads and 1.00 for favorable loads. Thats the values used in this benchmark as shown in Table 35-1 below.

332

MSHEET USER MANUAL

Table 35-1 Partial factors and design values for loads Safety class Representative I II III Partial factor on 1 1 1 1.25 uniform load Partial factor on 1 1 1 1 surcharge load qunif [kN/m2] 20 20 20 20 1.25 = 25 qsurcharge [kN/m2] 2 2 2 21=2

User-defined 1.25 0.9 20 1.25 = 25 2 0.9 = 1.8

Benchmark result: The benchmark results are obtained using MSheet calculation results with different input values to those mentioned above, only for the second stage. Input values are design values used by MSheet when the option Verify Sheet Piling is selected. The soil design input values are presented in the following tables for the five safety classes and the steps 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5 and 9.1. Table 35-2 Design values for representative safety class (stage 2) File name bm3-13aa bm3-13ab bm3-13aa bm3-13ab bm3-13ac CUR step 6.1 6.2 6.3 6.4 6.5 Eanchor 1.9 108 1.9 108 1.9 108 1.9 108 1.9 108 [kPa] k [kN/m] k / 1.0 = k 2.25 = k / 1.0 = k 2.25 = 13000 13000 29250 13000 29250 c [kPa] 11 11 11 11 11 [] 30 30 30 30 30 [] 20 20 20 20 20 GLpas [m] -4 -4 -4 -4 -4 WLpas [m] -6 -6 -6 -6 -6 WLact [m] -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 Table 35-3 Design values for safety class I (stage 2) File name bm3-13ae bm3-13af bm3-13ag bm3-13ah CUR step 6.1 6.2 6.3 6.4 Eanchor 1.9 108 1.9 108 1.9 108 1.9 108 [kPa] k [kN/m] k / 1.3 = k 2.25 = k / 1.3 = k 2.25 = 10000 29250 10000 29250 c [kPa] c / 1.0 = c / 1.0 = c / 1.0 = c / 1.0 = 11 11 11 11 [] 28.81 28.81 28.81 28.81 [] 19.20 19.20 19.20 19.20 GLpas [m] -4.2 -4.2 -4.2 -4.2 WLpas [m] -5.85 -5.85 -6.15 -6.15 WLact [m] -0.95 -0.95 -0.95 -0.95

bm3-13ad 9.1 E 1.3 = 2.47 108 13000 11 30 20 -4 -6 -1

bm3-13ac 6.5 1.9 108 13000 11 30 20 -4 -6 -1

bm3-13ai 9.1 E 1.3 = 2.47 108 10000 11 28.81 19.20 -4.2 -5.85 -0.95

VERIFICATION

333

Table 35-4 Design values for safety class II (stage 2) File name bm3-13aj bm3-13ak bm3-13al bm3-13am CUR step 6.1 6.2 6.3 6.4 Eanchor 1.9 108 1.9 108 1.9 108 1.9 108 [kPa] k [kN/m] k / 1.3 = k 2.25 = k / 1.3 = k 2.25 = 10000 29250 10000 29250 c [kPa] c / 1.0 = c / 1.0 = c / 1.0 = c / 1.0 = 11 11 11 11 [] 26.66 26.66 26.66 26.66 [] 17.77 17.77 17.77 17.77 GLpas [m] -4.3 -4.3 -4.3 -4.3 WLpas [m] -5.8 -5.8 -6.2 -6.2 WLact [m] -0.95 -0.95 -0.95 -0.95 Table 35-5 Design values for safety class III (stage 2) File name bm3-13ao bm3-13ap bm3-13aq bm3-13ar CUR step 6.1 6.2 6.3 6.4 Eanchor 1.9 108 1.9 108 1.9 108 1.9 108 [kPa] k [kN/m] k / 1.3 = k 2.25 = k / 1.3 = k 2.25 = 10000 29250 10000 29250 c [kPa] c / 1.1 = c / 1.1 = c / 1.1 = c / 1.1 = 10 10 10 10 [] 25.69 25.69 25.69 25.69 [] 17.13 17.13 17.13 17.13 GLpas [m] -4.35 -4.35 -4.35 -4.35 WLpas [m] -5.75 -5.75 -6.25 -6.25 WLact [m] -0.95 -0.95 -0.95 -0.95

bm3-13ac 6.5 1.9 108 13000 11 30 20 -4 -6 -1

bm3-13an 9.1 E 1.3 = 2.47 108 10000 11 26.66 17.77 -4.3 -5.8 -0.95

bm3-13ac 6.5 1.9 108 13000 11 30 20 -4 -6 -1

bm3-13as 9.1 E 1.3 = 2.47 108 10000 10 25.69 17.13 -4.35 -5.75 -0.95

Table 35-6 Design values for user-defined safety class (stage 2) File name bm3-13at bm3-13au bm3-13av bm3-13aw bm3-13ac CUR step 6.1 6.2 6.3 6.4 6.5 Eanchor 1.9 108 1.9 108 1.9 108 1.9 108 1.9 108 [kPa] k [kN/m] k / 0.8 = k 2.25 = k / 0.8 = k 2.25 = 13000 16250 29250 16250 29250 c [kPa] c / 1.25 = c / 1.25 = c / 1.25 = c / 1.25 = 11 8.8 8.8 8.8 8.8 [] 23.95 23.95 23.95 23.95 30 [] 15.97 15.97 15.97 15.97 20 GLpas [m] -4.4 -4.4 -4.4 -4.4 -4 WLpas [m] -5.7 -5.7 -6.3 -6.3 -6 WLact [m] -0.9 -0.9 -0.9 -0.9 -1

bm3-13ax 9.1 E 1.3 = 2.47 108 16250 8.8 23.95 15.97 -4.4 -5.7 -0.9

334

MSHEET USER MANUAL

MSheet result: MSheet results are obtained by using the option Partial factors in verified stage only (method II) and selecting the second stage in the Verify Sheet Piling window for the different safety classes with an Anchor stiffness multiplication factor of 1.3. The results obtained from the Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window are compared in the tables below. Table 35-7 Results for representative safety class (stage 2) Benchmark

MSheet Error (bm3-13a) [%] Steps 6.1 Max. moment [kNm] bm3-13aa 30.7 30.7 0.00 and 6.3 Max. shear force [kN] 36.9 36.9 0.00 Max. displacement [mm] 3.5 3.5 0.00 Anchor force [kN] 50.3 50.3 0.00 Steps 6.2 Max. moment [kNm] bm3-13ab 30.3 30.3 0.00 and 6.4 Max. shear force [kN] 33.9 33.9 0.00 Max. displacement [mm] 3.2 3.2 0.00 Anchor force [kN] 44.2 44.2 0.00 Step 6.5 Max. moment [kNm] bm3-13ac 30.7 30.7 0.00 Max. shear force [kN] 36.9 36.9 0.00 Max. displacement [mm] 3.5 3.5 0.00 Anchor force [kN] 50.3 50.3 0.00 Step 9.1 Max. moment [kNm] bm3-13ad 31.0 31.0 0.00 Max. shear force [kN] 38.0 38.0 0.00 Max. displacement [mm] 3.5 3.5 0.00 Anchor force [kN] 52.3* 52.4 0.19 * Difference in shear force at the anchor position (level -1.5 m): 14.39 (-37.96)

VERIFICATION

335

Table 35-8 Results for safety class I (stage 2) Benchmark

MSheet Error (bm3-13b) [%] Step 6.1 Max. moment [kNm] bm3-13ae 35.3 35.2 0.28 Max. shear force [kN] 39.8 39.8 0.00 Max. displacement [mm] 4.0 4.0 0.00 Anchor force [kN] 55.5 55.5 0.00 Step 6.2 Max. moment [kNm] bm3-13af 33.1 33.0 0.30 Max. shear force [kN] 34.3 34.3 0.00 Max. displacement [mm] 3.4 3.4 0.00 Anchor force [kN] 45.6 45.6 0.00 Step 6.3 Max. moment [kNm] bm3-13ag 34.7 34.7 0.00 Max. shear force [kN] 39.6 39.6 0.00 Max. displacement [mm] 4.0 4.0 0.00 Anchor force [kN] 55.4 55.4 0.00 Step 6.4 Max. moment [kNm] bm3-13ah 32.8 32.8 0.00 Max. shear force [kN] 34.3 34.3 0.00 Max. displacement [mm] 3.4 3.4 0.00 Anchor force [kN] 45.5 45.5 0.00 Step 6.5 Max. moment [kNm] bm3-13ac 30.7 30.7 0.00 Max. shear force [kN] 36.9 36.9 0.00 Max. displacement [mm] 3.5 3.5 0.00 Anchor force [kN] 50.3 50.3 0.00 Step 9.1 Max. moment [kNm] bm3-13ai 35.6 35.5 0.28 Max. shear force [kN] 41.1 41.0 0.24 Max. displacement [mm] 4.0 4.0 0.00 Anchor force [kN] 58.0* 57.9 0.17 * Difference in shear force at the anchor position (level -1.5 m): 16.91 (-41.07)

336

MSHEET USER MANUAL

Table 35-9 Results for safety class II (stage 2) Benchmark

MSheet Error (bm3-13c) [%] Step 6.1 Max. moment [kNm] bm3-13aj 39.3 39.5 0.51 Max. shear force [kN] 42.1 42.2 0.24 Max. displacement [mm] 4.3 4.3 0.00 Anchor force [kN] 59.0 59.1 0.17 Step 6.2 Max. moment [kNm] bm3-13ak 36.7 36.9 0.27 Max. shear force [kN] 36.1 36.2 0.00 Max. displacement [mm] 3.5 3.6 2.78 Anchor force [kN] 48.1 48.2 0.21 Step 6.3 Max. moment [kNm] bm3-13al 38.9 38.9 0.00 Max. shear force [kN] 41.9 41.9 0.00 Max. displacement [mm] 4.4 4.4 0.00 Anchor force [kN] 59.0 59.0 0.00 Step 6.4 Max. moment [kNm] bm3-13am 36.6 36.6 0.00 Max. shear force [kN] 36.1 36.1 0.00 Max. displacement [mm] 3.6 3.6 0.00 Anchor force [kN] 48.1 48.1 0.00 Step 6.5 Max. moment [kNm] bm3-13ac 30.7 30.7 0.00 Max. shear force [kN] 36.9 36.9 0.00 Max. displacement [mm] 3.5 3.5 0.00 Anchor force [kN] 50.3 50.3 0.00 Step 9.1 Max. moment [kNm] bm3-13an 39.5 39.7 0.5 Max. shear force [kN] 43.5 43.5 0.00 Max. displacement [mm] 4.3 4.3 0.00 Anchor force [kN] 61.8* 61.9 0.16 * Difference in shear force at the anchor position (level -1.5 m): 18.33 (-43.47)

VERIFICATION

337

Table 35-10 Results for safety class III (stage 2) Benchmark

MSheet Error (bm3-13d) [%] Step 6.1 Max. moment [kNm] bm3-13ao 45.5 45.8 0.87 Max. shear force [kN] 48.0 48.2 0.42 Max. displacement [mm] 4.9 4.9 0.00 Anchor force [kN] 68.1 68.2 0.15 Step 6.2 Max. moment [kNm] bm3-13ap 42.8 43.1 0.46 Max. shear force [kN] 43.6 43.8 0.23 Max. displacement [mm] 3.9 3.9 0.00 Anchor force [kN] 56.4 56.6 0.18 Step 6.3 Max. moment [kNm] bm3-13aq 45.2 45.2 0.00 Max. shear force [kN] 48.0 48.0 0.00 Max. displacement [mm] 4.9 4.9 0.00 Anchor force [kN] 68.2 68.2 0.00 Step 6.4 Max. moment [kNm] bm3-13ar 42.8 42.8 0.00 Max. shear force [kN] 43.6 43.6 0.00 Max. displacement [mm] 3.9 3.9 0.00 Anchor force [kN] 56.5 56.5 0.00 Step 6.5 Max. moment [kNm] bm3-13ac 30.7 30.7 0.00 Max. shear force [kN] 36.9 36.9 0.00 Max. displacement [mm] 3.5 3.5 0.00 Anchor force [kN] 50.3 50.3 0.00 Step 9.1 Max. moment [kNm] bm3-13as 45.3 45.6 0.88 Max. shear force [kN] 49.3 49.4 0.40 Max. displacement [mm] 4.8 4.8 0.00 Anchor force [kN] 71.3* 71.5 0.14 * Difference in shear force at the anchor position (level -1.5 m): 22.01 (-49.34)

338

MSHEET USER MANUAL

Table 35-11 Results for user-defined safety class (stage 2) Benchmark

MSheet Error (bm3-13e) [%] Step 6.1 Max. moment [kNm] bm3-13at 51.3 51.1 0.39 Max. shear force [kN] 52.0 51.9 0.19 Max. displacement [mm] 4.8 4.8 2.08 Anchor force [kN] 69.8 69.5 0.29 Step 6.2 Max. moment [kNm] bm3-13au 49.4 49.3 0.40 Max. shear force [kN] 49.6 49.5 0.20 Max. displacement [mm] 4.3 4.3 0.00 Anchor force [kN] 63.5 63.4 0.16 Step 6.3 Max. moment [kNm] bm3-13av 50.6 50.6 0.00 Max. shear force [kN] 51.7 51.7 0.00 Max. displacement [mm] 4.9 4.9 0.00 Anchor force [kN] 69.4 69.5 0.00 Step 6.4 Max. moment [kNm] bm3-13aw 49.0 49.0 0.00 Max. shear force [kN] 49.4 49.4 0.00 Max. displacement [mm] 4.3 4.3 0.00 Anchor force [kN] 63.5 63.5 0.00 Step 6.5 Max. moment [kNm] bm3-13ac 30.7 30.7 0.00 Max. shear force [kN] 36.9 36.9 0.00 Max. displacement [mm] 3.5 3.5 0.00 Anchor force [kN] 50.3 50.3 0.00 Step 9.1 Max. moment [kNm] bm3-13ax 50.8 50.6 0.39 Max. shear force [kN] 52.7 52.6 0.38 Max. displacement [mm] 4.8 4.8 0.00 Anchor force [kN] 72.8* 72.7 0.27 * Difference in shear force at the anchor position (level -1.5 m): 20.12 (-52.85)

Use MSheet input files bm3-13a.shi till bm3-13e.shi to run this benchmark.

VERIFICATION

339

35.14 Functioning of classes in option Verify Sheet Piling (Method I)

Description: The same benchmark as the previous benchmark is used [ 35.13]. But now, the partial factors apply on all stages (method I) but not only the second stage as previously. Benchmark results: The same design values as those of Table 35-1 to Table 35-6 are used for both stages, but not only the second one. See bm3-14aa.shi to bm3-14ax.shi for the benchmark inputs and results. MSheet result: MSheet results are obtained by using the option Partial factors in all verified stages (method I) for the different safety classes with an Anchor stiffness multiplication factor of 1.3. The results obtained in the Moment/Force/Displacement Charts windows are compared in the tables below. Table 35-12 Results for representative safety class (stage 2) Benchmark MSheet (bm3-14a) Steps 6.1 Max. moment [kNm] bm3-14aa 30.7 30.7 and 6.3 Max. shear force [kN] 36.9 36.9 Max. displacement [mm] 3.5 3.5 Anchor force [kN] 50.3 50.3 Steps 6.2 Max. moment [kNm] bm3-14ab 24.8 24.8 and 6.4 Max. shear force [kN] 29.2 29.2 Max. displacement [mm] 1.9 1.9 Anchor force [kN] 36.0 36.0 Step 6.5 Max. moment [kNm] bm3-14ac 30.7 30.7 Max. shear force [kN] 36.9 36.9 Max. displacement [mm] 3.5 3.5 Anchor force [kN] 50.3 50.3 Step 9.1 Max. moment [kNm] bm3-14ad 30.7 30.7 Max. shear force [kN] 38.8 38.8 Max. displacement [mm] 3.4 3.4 Anchor force [kN] 55.5 55.5

Error [%] 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

340

MSHEET USER MANUAL

Table 35-13 Results for safety class I (stage 2) Benchmark Step 6.1 Max. moment [kNm] Max. shear force [kN] Max. displacement [mm] Anchor force [kN] Max. moment [kNm] Max. shear force [kN] Max. displacement [mm] Anchor force [kN] Max. moment [kNm] Max. shear force [kN] Max. displacement [mm] Anchor force [kN] Max. moment [kNm] Max. shear force [kN] Max. displacement [mm] Anchor force [kN] Max. moment [kNm] Max. shear force [kN] Max. displacement [mm] Anchor force [kN] Max. moment [kNm] Max. shear force [kN] Max. displacement [mm] Anchor force [kN] bm3-14ae
39.8 43.9 4.8 60.8

Step 6.2

bm3-14af

29.7 32.7 2.2 40.4

39.4

MSheet (bm3-14b) 39.7 43.9 4.8 60.7 29.5 32.6 2.2 40.3
39.2

Step 6.3

bm3-14ag

Step 6.4

bm3-14ah

Step 6.5

bm3-14ac

Step 9.1

bm3-14ai

43.7 4.8 60.7 29.5 32.6 2.2 40.3 30.7 36.9 3.5 50.3 39.8 45.8 4.7 66.4

43.7 4.8 60.7 29.4 32.5 2.2 40.2 30.7 36.9 3.5 50.3 39.7 45.8 4.7 66.3

Error [%] 0.25 0.00 0.00 0.16 0.68 0.31 0.00 0.25 0.25 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.34 0.31 0.00 0.25 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.25 0.00 0.00 0.15

VERIFICATION

341

Table 35-14 Results for safety class II (stage 2) Benchmark Step 6.1 Max. moment [kNm] Max. shear force [kN] Max. displacement [mm] Anchor force [kN] Max. moment [kNm] Max. shear force [kN] Max. displacement [mm] Anchor force [kN] Max. moment [kNm] Max. shear force [kN] Max. displacement [mm] Anchor force [kN] Max. moment [kNm] Max. shear force [kN] Max. displacement [mm] Anchor force [kN] Max. moment [kNm] Max. shear force [kN] Max. displacement [mm] Anchor force [kN] Max. moment [kNm] Max. shear force [kN] Max. displacement [mm] Anchor force [kN] bm3-14aj
43.1 46.0 5.1 64.1

Step 6.2

bm3-14ak

32.6 34.4 2.3 42.8

42.6

MSheet (bm3-14c) 43.3 46.1 5.1 64.2 32.7 34.5 2.4 43.0
42.8

Step 6.3

bm3-14al

Step 6.4

Step 6.5

Step 9.1

45.9 5.1 64.0 bm3-14am 32.3 34.3 2.4 42.8 bm3-14ac 30.7 36.9 3.5 50.3 bm3-14an 43.0 48.0 5.0 69.9

46.0 5.1 64.1 32.5 34.4 2.4 42.9 30.7 36.9 3.5 50.3 43.2 48.1 5.0 70.0

Error [%] 0.46 0.22 0.00 0.16 0.31 0.29 0.00 0.47 0.47 0.22 0.00 0.16 0.31 0.29 0.00 0.23 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.46 0.21 0.00 0.14

342

MSHEET USER MANUAL

Table 35-15 Results for safety class III (stage 2) Benchmark Step 6.1 Max. moment [kNm] Max. shear force [kN] Max. displacement [mm] Anchor force [kN] Max. moment [kNm] Max. shear force [kN] Max. displacement [mm] Anchor force [kN] Max. moment [kNm] Max. shear force [kN] Max. displacement [mm] Anchor force [kN] Max. moment [kNm] Max. shear force [kN] Max. displacement [mm] Anchor force [kN] Max. moment [kNm] Max. shear force [kN] Max. displacement [mm] Anchor force [kN] Max. moment [kNm] Max. shear force [kN] Max. displacement [mm] Anchor force [kN] bm3-14ao
47.9 50.5 5.6 71.8

Step 6.2

bm3-14ap

38.0 39.7 2.7 49.4

47.5

MSheet (bm3-14d) 48.2 50.7 5.6 71.9 38.3 39.9 2.7 49.6
47.6

Step 6.3

bm3-14aq

Step 6.4

bm3-14ar

Step 6.5

bm3-14ac

Step 9.1

bm3-14as

50.4 5.6 71.8 37.8 39.7 2.7 49.4 30.7 36.9 3.5 50.3 47.6 52.7 5.5 78.2

50.5 5.6 71.9 38.0 39.8 2.7 49.5 30.7 36.9 3.5 50.3 47.9 52.8 5.5 78.4

Error [%] 0.62 0.20 0.00 0.28 0.52 0.25 0.00 0.20 0.42 0.20 0.00 0.14 0.26 0.25 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.62 0.19 0.00 0.26

VERIFICATION

343

Table 35-16 Results for user-defined safety class (stage 2) Benchmark Step 6.1 Max. moment [kNm] Max. shear force [kN] Max. displacement [mm] Anchor force [kN] Max. moment [kNm] Max. shear force [kN] Max. displacement [mm] Anchor force [kN] Max. moment [kNm] Max. shear force [kN] Max. displacement [mm] Anchor force [kN] Max. moment [kNm] Max. shear force [kN] Max. displacement [mm] Anchor force [kN] Max. moment [kNm] Max. shear force [kN] Max. displacement [mm] Anchor force [kN] Max. moment [kNm] Max. shear force [kN] Max. displacement [mm] Anchor force [kN] bm3-14at
50.1 51.1 4.5 67.8

Step 6.2

bm3-14au

45.5 46.3 3.2 57.6

49.3

MSheet (bm3-14e) 49.7 50.8 4.4 67.5 45.2 46.1 3.2 57.3
49.2

Step 6.3

bm3-14av

Step 6.4

bm3-14aw

Step 6.5

bm3-14ac

Step 9.1

bm3-14ax

50.7 4.5 67.5 45.0 46.1 3.2 57.4 30.7 36.9 3.5 50.3 49.1 52.5 4.3 74.0

50.7 4.5 67.4 44.9 46.0 3.2 57.2 30.7 36.9 3.5 50.3 48.7 52.3 4.3 73.7

Error [%] 0.60 0.39 2.27 0.30 0.22 0.22 0.00 0.17 0.20 0.20 0.00 0.15 0.22 0.22 0.00 0.17 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.41 0.38 0.00 0.14

35.15 Functioning of classes in Design Sheet Piling Length

Description: The same problem as [ 35.13] is considered. For the Design Sheet Piling Length option, MSheet applies the same partial factors on modulus of subgrade reaction, cohesion, friction angle, ground level and phreatic surface as for step 6.3 of the Verify Sheet Piling option. Benchmark result: The benchmark results are the same as [ 35.14] for method I and the same as [ 35.13] for method II, for step 6.3. The table below gives an overview of the MSheet files used as benchmark results.

344

MSHEET USER MANUAL

Table 35-17 MSheet files corresponding to the benchmark results Safety class Method I Method II (all stages verified) (only stage 2 verified) Representativ bm3-14a.shi bm3-13a.shi e I bm3-14b.shi bm3-13ab.shi II bm3-14c.shi bm3-13c.shi III bm3-14d.shi bm3-13d.shi User-defined bm3-14e.shi bm3-13e.shi MSheet result: MSheet results are obtained using the Design Sheet Piling Length option and selecting a sheet piling length of 9 m. Table 35-18 Method I (all stages verified) Results for stage 2 Safety Results Benchmark MSheet class (sheet piling length = 9 m) Rep. Max. negative moment [kN] 30.7 30.7 Max. positive moment [kN] 10.7 10.7 Max. displacement [mm] 3.5 3.5 Anchor force [kN] 50.26 50.26 I Max. negative moment [kN] 39.3 39.3 Max. positive moment [kN] 13.7 13.7 Max. displacement [mm] 4.8 4.8 Anchor force [kN] 60.66 60.66 II Max. negative moment [kN] 42.8 42.8 Max. positive moment [kN] 14.7 14.7 Max. displacement [mm] 5.1 5.1 Anchor force [kN] 64.13 64.13 III Max. negative moment [kN] 47.7 47.7 Max. positive moment [kN] 17.4 17.4 Max. displacement [mm] 5.6 5.6 Anchor force [kN] 71.88 71.88 UserMax. negative moment [kN] 49.4 49.4 defined Max. positive moment [kN] 14.4 14.4 Max. displacement [mm] 4.5 4.5 Anchor force [kN] 67.59 67.59
bm3-14aa bm3-14ag bm3-14al bm3-14aq bm3-14av bm3-15b bm3-15a bm3-15a bm3-15a bm3-15a

Relative error [%] 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

VERIFICATION

345

bm3-13av

Use MSheet input files bm3-15a.shi to bm3-15b.shi to run this benchmark.

bm3-15b

Table 35-19 Method II (only stage 2 verified) Results for stage 2 Safety Results Benchmark MSheet class (sheet piling length = 9 m) Rep. Max. negative moment [kN] 30.7 30.7 Max. positive moment [kN] 10.7 10.7 Max. displacement [mm] 3.5 3.5 Anchor force [kN] 50.26 50.26 I Max. negative moment [kN] 34.7 34.7 Max. positive moment [kN] 12.8 12.8 Max. displacement [mm] 4.0 4.0 Anchor force [kN] 55.38 55.38 II Max. negative moment [kN] 39.0 39.0 Max. positive moment [kN] 13.9 13.9 Max. displacement [mm] 4.4 4.4 Anchor force [kN] 58.98 58.98 III Max. negative moment [kN] 45.3 45.3 Max. positive moment [kN] 16.7 16.7 Max. displacement [mm] 4.9 4.9 Anchor force [kN] 68.19 68.19 UserMax. negative moment [kN] 50.8 50.8 defined Max. positive moment [kN] 15.3 15.3 Max. displacement [mm] 4.9 4.9 Anchor force [kN] 69.58 69.58
bm3-13aa bm3-13ag bm3-13al bm3-13aq bm3-15a bm3-15a bm3-15a bm3-15a

Relative error [%] 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

346

MSHEET USER MANUAL

36
36 Benchmarks compared with other programs

This chapter contains benchmarks for which the results of MSheet are compared with the results of other programs.

36.1 Functioning of classes in option Overall Stability

Description: The Overall Stability option checks overall sheet pilling stability using the Bishop method with circular slip planes. For safety classes I, II and III, the strength parameters c and tan are divided by 1.5 and 1.2 respectively and the driving moment is multiplied by 0.9 (class I), 1.0 (class II) or 1.1 (class III) as prescribed in table 3.11 from CUR 166. For representative safety class, no partial factor is applied. For the userdefined partial factor set, c and tan are divided by 1.2 and 1.4 respectively and the driving moment by 0.8. The verification is made on a sheet pile wall with the following representative characteristics: Cohesion = 15 kPa Friction angle = 24 Weight of soil (sat. and unsat.) = 15 kN/m Ground level at passive side = -5 m Ground level at active side =0m Phreatic surface at left side = -6 m Phreatic surface at right side = -9 m Uniform load at right side = 10 kN/m Length of the sheet piling = 11 m

348

MSHEET USER MANUAL

Figure 36-1 Geometry for Overall Stability benchmark Benchmark result: Calculations are performed using the M-Serie program MStab 9.8.8 with the Bishop method and the c- parameters. For the representative safety class, the inputs given above are used and lead to a stability factor of 2.091 (with a tangent line at Y = -11.10 m). For safety classes I, II, III and user-defined, the design values of cohesion and friction angle are:
c I = c II = c III = c rep 1 .5

= 10 kN/m2

c user =

c rep 1.2

= 12.5 kN/m2

I = II = III = arctan

tan rep = 20.36 1 .2

user = arctan

tan rep = 17.64 1.4

For safety class II, calculation with MStab leads to a stability factor of 1.582 (with a tangent line at Y = -11.10 m). For safety classes I and III, the driving moment is multiplied by 0.9 and 1.1 respectively. This means that stability factors for classes I and III are approximately:

VERIFICATION

349

fI =

f 1.582 R = II = = 1.758 0.9 M 0.9 0.9 f R 1.582 = II = = 1.438 1 .1 M 1 .1 1 .1

f III =

where R is the resisting moment and M is the driving moment. For user-defined partial factors set, calculation with MStab leads to a stability factor of 1.608 (with a tangent line at Y = -11.10 m). As the driving moment must be multiplied by the user-defined partial factor 0.8, the stability factor is approximately:
fuser = R 1.608 = = 2.010 0.8 M 0 .8

MSheet results: In MSheet the value of the stability factor for the different safety classes is obtained using the Overall Stability option. The MSheet and MStab results are compared in the table below. Table 36-1 Stability factors for different partial factor sets Partial factor set Benchmark MSheet (MStab) Representative 2.09 2.09 Safety class I 1.74 1.76 Safety class II 1.58 1.58 Safety class III 1.42 1.44 User-defined 2.01 2.03 Use MSheet input file bm4-1.shi to run this benchmark.

Relative error [%]

0.00 1.14 0.00 1.39 0.99

350

MSHEET USER MANUAL

Literature

[Lit 1]

Mller-Breslau, H.; Erddruck auf Sttzmauern. Verlag Krner, Stuttgart, 1906. Ktter, F.; Die Bestimmung des Druckes an gekrmmten Gleitflchen. Sitzungsbericht Kn. Preu. Ak. d. Wissenschaften, Berlin, 1903. Culmann, K.; Die Graphische Statik, Zrich, 1866. Kranz, E.; ber die Verankerung von Spundwnden. Verlag Wilhelm Ernst & Sohn, 1953. Damwandconstructies (Design Guide Sheet Piling, in Dutch), CUR-publication 166, 1994. Terzaghi, K.; Evaluation of coefficients of subgrade reaction. Gotechnique, Vol 5, no 4., 1955 Amar, S. et. al; The application of pressure meter results to foundation design in Europe, Part 1. ISSMFE European Technical Committee on Pressure Meters, A. A Balkema, Rotterdam, 1991. Mnard, L et al; Mthode gnrale de calcul dun rideau ou dun pieu sollicit horizontalement en fonction des rsultats pressiomtriques, Sols-soils 22-23 VI, 1971. DIN; 1982, DIN 4085, Baugrund, Berechnung des Erddrucks, Erluterungen, Beuth Bauverlag, 1982.

[Lit 2]

[Lit 3] [Lit 4]

[Lit 5]

[Lit 6]

[Lit 7]

[Lit 8]

[Lit 9]

352

MSHEET USER MANUAL

[Lit 10]

Jky, J.; Minimum value of earth pressure, Proc. 2nd Int. Conf. Soil Mech. Found. Engg. I, Rotterdam, 1948. Boussinesq, J.; Application des Potentials ltude de lquilibre et du Mouvement des Solides lastiques, Gauthier-Villars, Paris, 1885. NEN 6740, Dutch Design Code TGB; Geotechnical Structures. NEN 6743, Dutch Design Code TGB;C Calculation method for bearing capacity of pile foundation Compression Piles. NEN 6770 Dutch Design Code TGB; Steel Structures. NEN 6702 Dutch Design Code TGB; Loads and deformations. CUR (Civieltechnisch Centrum Uitvoering Research en Regelgeving) Dutch Design Guidelines; Publikatie 166 Damwanconstructies 4e druk, 2005. Brinch Hansen, J. and Christensen, N.H.; The Ultimate Resistance of Rigid Piles Against Transversal Forces, Bulletin no. 12 of the Geoteknisk Institut, 1961. Orr, T.L.L and Farrell, E.R.; Geotechnical Design to Eurocode 7. Bouma, A. L. Mechanica van constructies, college b13, Technische Hogeschool Delft, 1981. Harderwijk, NVAF/PSW, Schadevrij installeren van stalen damwand in Nederland, 2002. E. H. de Leeuw; Tabellen ter bepaling van horizontale spanningen en verplaatsingen in een homogene elastische laag van eindige dikte SE-58-IX-b, 1963. Janbu, N., Bjerrum, L. and Kjaernsli, B; Veiledning ved lsing av fundamenteringsoppgaver (Soil mechanics applied to some engineering problems), Norwegian Geotechnical Institute, Publ. 16, Oslo, 1956.

[Lit 11]

[Lit 12] [Lit 13]

[Lit 14] [Lit 15] [Lit 16]

[Lit 17]

[Lit 18] [Lit 19]

[Lit 20]

[Lit 21]

[Lit 22]

Index

Acting width background ................................... 267 example........................................ 115 input............................................ 168 verification ................................... 325 Active earth pressure ......................... 176 Additional pore pressure background ................................... 271 input............................................ 183 tutorial......................................... 125 verification ................................... 329 Allowable anchor force background ................................... 241 calculation .................................... 206 verification ............................ 290, 292 Anchor ................................. See Anchors Anchors add button...................................... 34 allowable force, background ............ 241 allowable force, calculation ............. 206 grout............................................ 191 input............................................ 190 modelling...................................... 191 overview of options.......................... 18 pre-tensioning force....................... 196 stability ........................................ 241 tutorial.................................... 67, 111

verification .............................302, 303 Berlin wall .........................................267 Bishop...............................................245 Boussinesq.........................................234 Brinch-Hansen background....................................264 input ............................................180 verification ....................................306 Buttons on icon bar ............................. 32 c, phi, delta .......................... See Culmann Calculation ........................................201 allowable anchor force ....................206 menu .....................................199, 201 options..........................................199 overall stability ..............................208 single pile......................................201 start..............................................200 verify sheet piling ..........................203 Charts Moment/Force/Displacement ...........215 stress state ....................................217 stresses .........................................218 Verification Moment/Forces/Displacement ..........216 view chart data .......................215, 217 Cohesion ...........................................175

354

MSHEET USER MANUAL

Combined wall arching ......................................... 268 background ................................... 267 input............................................ 169 tutorial......................................... 115 verification ................................... 308 Concrete floor under water background ................................... 271 tutorial........................................... 87 Culmann background ................................... 233 select method................................ 162 select per stage ............................. 196 tutorial........................................... 57 verification ............................ 312, 315 CUR 166............................................ 251 allowable anchor force.................... 206 allowable anchor force, background . 241 delta friction angle reduction.......... 200 design sheet piling length .............. 202 method I....................................... 204 method II ..................................... 205 modulus of subgrade reaction.......... 177 overall stability (Bishop) ................ 208 partial safety factors ............... 251, 255 representative values ..................... 251 safety classes ................................ 252 select model.................................. 162 semi-probabilistic approach............. 251 supported steps ............................. 253 tutorial.................................... 97, 107 verification report.......................... 214 verify sheet piling.......................... 203 vertical force balance ..................... 213 vertical force balance, background... 247 CUR step-by-step method ....... See CUR 166 Curve settings ................................... 176 Curved slip surfaces............................ 176 De Leeuw .......................................... 263 Definitions of symbols .......................... 24 Delft GeoSystems ................................. 27 Delta friction angle ............................ 175

Design procedures overview of options ......................... 20 Design sheet piling length...................202 calculate........................................202 tutorial .......................................... 83 verification ....................................343 Difference in pressure heads .See Additional pore pressure Directories .........................................159 Displacement charts ...........................................215 graphs CUR 166 verification .............216 pile top .........................................196 soil ...............................................189 verification .............................302, 303 Earth pressure coefficients background....................................231 coarse/fine ....................................199 Culmann........................................233 fictive ...........................................201 input for sheet piling......................176 input for single piles.......................180 Jky..............................................232 Ktter (curved slip surface) .............234 Mller-Breslau................................233 neutral ..........................................232 select calculation method ................162 verification .............................294, 315 E-Consult experiences....................................223 input ............................................221 NVAF lines .....................................221 tutorial .........................................139 Eurocode 7 defining partial factors....................162 Examples Combined wall / Acting width..........115 surcharge loads ..............................133 Experience data..................................223 Fictive earth pressure coefficients ........201 File menu ..........................................157 Files................................................... 36

VERIFICATION

355

Forces charts........................................... 215 graphs CUR 166 verification ............ 216 Friction angle .................................... 175 GeoDelft ............................................. 27 Getting Started.................................... 29 Grout anchors.................................... 191 allowable anchor force.................... 207 Help ................................................... 25 Horizontal line loads add button...................................... 34 input............................................ 186 tutorial........................................... 78 verification ............................ 278, 286 Icon bar.............................................. 32 Identification ............................. 163, 165 Initial stage background ................................... 259 input............................................ 199 limitations .................................... 200 Initial stress...................................... 232 Input diagram ..................................... 32 Introduction .............15, 37, 155, 227, 275 Jky ................................................. 232 Ka, Ko , Kp...See Earth pressure coefficients Ktter (curved slip surface) background ................................... 234 input............................................ 176 verification ................................... 294 Language .......................................... 160 Lateral earth pressure Culmann ....................................... 233 straight slip surface ....................... 233 surcharge according to Boussinesq ... 234 Lateral earth pressure ratio................. 231 Layers add to profile ................................ 182 input............................................ 174 input for single pile ....................... 179 Library

location of datafile .........................159 usage ............................................170 Limitations ......................................... 23 Literature ..........................................351 Loads displacement pile top......................196 horizontal line load ........................186 limited dimensions .........................269 menu ............................................184 moments .......................................187 normal force ..................................188 overview of options ......................... 19 select per stage ..............................197 soil displacements ..........................189 surcharges .....................................185 tutorial ................................... 77, 133 uniform .........................................184 Main window....................................... 30 Measure distance between two points .... 33 Mnard background....................................265 input ............................................181 verification ....................................304 Menu Calculation..............................199, 201 E-Consult module ...........................221 File ...............................................157 Loads ............................................184 overview......................................... 30 Project ..........................................161 Results ..........................................211 Soil ...............................................173 Stages ....................................194, 197 Supports........................................190 Menu bar ............................................ 30 Model select sheet piling ..........................161 select single pile.............................161 tutorial .......................................... 41 Modules.............................................. 29 base module.................................... 17 c,phi,delta (Culmann) ...................... 21 E-Consult........................................ 22

356

MSHEET USER MANUAL

selection ....................................... 160 single pile ....................................... 21 verification ..................................... 21 Modulus of subgrade reaction.............. 238 background ................................... 238 input CUR 166 (secant)................... 177 input single pile ............................ 181 input Tangent (MSheet classic)........ 178 unloading/reloading input.............. 177 verification ..................... 295, 297, 300 Moments add load button............................... 34 charts........................................... 215 charts CUR 166 verification ............. 216 input............................................ 187 verification ................................... 282 MSheet characteristics ................................. 17 starting .......................................... 29 support........................................... 26 Mller-Breslau (straight slip surface) background ................................... 233 input............................................ 176 verification ................................... 294 Neutral earth pressure ........................ 176 Non-horizontal surface background ............................ 233, 259 input............................................ 173 tutorial........................................... 57 verification ................................... 324 Normal force input............................................ 188 verification ................................... 286 NVAF lines ........................................ 221 Options anchors & struts .............................. 18 design procedures ............................ 20 loads .............................................. 19 results ............................................ 20 sheet piling..................................... 18 single pile ....................................... 21 soil................................................. 19 staged construction.......................... 20

supports ......................................... 19 Overall stability background....................................245 calculation.....................................208 verification ....................................347 Pan button ......................................... 33 Parameters.........................................174 Partial safety factors....................162, 251 CUR 166 ........................................255 stages ...........................................253 user defined...................................162 Passive earth pressure.........................176 Pile top displacement verification ....................................280 Pile Top displacement .........................196 Piles...................................See Single pile Pre-compressed struts ................ See Struts Pre-stressed anchors ............... See Anchors Profiles input ............................................182 Project menu .....................................161 tutorial .......................................... 41 Reference ..........................................155 Release history.................................... 22 Report content .........................................212 select content ................................211 verification report ..........................214 Representative values .........................251 Results ..............................................212 overview of options ......................... 20 report ...........................................212 stress state ....................................217 verification report ..........................214 Rigid supports input ............................................194 verification ....................................282 Rotation ............................................193 RWS ................................................... 28 Safety classes.....................................251

VERIFICATION

357

Seepage ......... See Additional pore pressure Select button ...................................... 33 semi-probabilistic approach................. 251 Settings chart ..................................... 163, 165 diagram ................................. 163, 164 Sheet pile wall.................. See Sheet piling Sheet piling background ................................... 229 design length ................................ 202 input window ................................ 167 library .......................................... 170 overview of options.......................... 18 tutorial........................................... 42 verification 278, 280, 282, 284, 286, 288, 290 verify using CUR ............................ 203 Single pile arching ......................................... 264 background ................................... 263 calculation .................................... 201 input............................................ 173 library .......................................... 173 loaded by forces ..................... 143, 264 loaded by soil deformation....... 149, 263 overview of options.......................... 21 stages........................................... 197 tutorial.................................. 143, 149 verification ............................ 304, 306 Single piles library .......................................... 170 Soil .................................................. 173 background stiffness ...................... 238 background strength ...................... 237 displacement verification................ 288 displacements................................ 189 lateral earth pressure ..................... 264 layers ........................................... 174 menu............................................ 173 modified soil reaction..................... 268 overview of options.......................... 19 parameters .................................... 174 profiles ......................................... 182

select profile ..................................198 stages ...........................................239 Spring support add button ..................................... 34 Spring supports input ............................................193 verification ....................................282 Staged construction.................. See Stages Stages background....................................239 input ............................................194 Manager ........................................194 menu .....................................194, 197 overview and input.........................195 overview of options ......................... 20 single piles ....................................197 Stage Composer ............................... 34 tutorial .......................................... 67 Start calculation.................................200 Starting MSheet .................................. 29 Straight slip surfaces ..........................176 Stress diagrams........................................218 distribution due to surcharges .........322 initial............................................232 Stress state charts ...........................................217 Strut ........................................See Struts Struts add button ..................................... 34 input ............................................192 overview of options ......................... 18 pre-compression force .....................197 verification .............................303, 321 Struts verification ..............................304 Supports add button ..................................... 34 anchors .........................................190 menu ............................................190 overview of options ......................... 19 rigid supports.................................194 select ............................................198

358

MSHEET USER MANUAL

select per stage ............................. 197 spring supports.............................. 193 struts ........................................... 192 Surcharge loads add button...................................... 34 background ................................... 234 input............................................ 185 limited size, background................. 269 limited size, tutorial....................... 133 tutorial........................................... 78 verification ............................ 317, 322 Surfaces............................................ 173 add .............................................. 174 input............................................ 173 select ........................................... 197 select per stage ............................. 196 tutorial......................................44, 60 Symbols .............................................. 24 System requirements............................ 23 Tangent modulus of subgrade reaction . 178 Translation........................................ 193 Tutorials ............................................. 37 Under water See Concrete floor under water Uniform loads add button...................................... 34 input............................................ 184 verification ................................... 321 Unit weight of soil saturated ...................................... 175 unsaturated .................................. 175 Unit weight of water .......................... 184 Unloading / Reloading ....................... 238 Verification .... See Eurocode 7, See CUR 166 Verify sheet piling report........................................... 214 Verify Sheet Piling

calculation.....................................203 moments, forces & displacements .....216 tutorial .........................................108 verification .............................330, 339 Vertical force balance background....................................247 input ............................................168 report ...........................................212 tutorial .......................................... 57 Vertical Force Balance verification ....................................327 View results menu sheet piling...........................211 moments, forces & displacements .....215 Moments/Force/Displacement charts CUR 166 verification .......................216 report ...........................................212 stress state ....................................217 stresses .........................................218 verification report ..........................214 Wall friction background....................................237 input ............................................175 Water levels input ............................................183 select ............................................197 select per stage ..............................196 verification ....................................311 Water pressure ............................271, 273 different on both sides of sheetpile ..271 Water properties.................................184 Zoom Area button .................................... 33 In button........................................ 33 Limits button .................................. 34 Out button...................................... 33 Undo button ................................... 34